From d29f80d6f320143363fb101a9e94f89c17788468 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joshua Haberman Date: Thu, 3 Jun 2010 19:55:39 -0700 Subject: More incremental work. --- src/upb_encoder.c | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'src/upb_encoder.c') diff --git a/src/upb_encoder.c b/src/upb_encoder.c index f1156a8..304a423 100644 --- a/src/upb_encoder.c +++ b/src/upb_encoder.c @@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ static size_t upb_f_uint32_t_size(uint32_t val) { return sizeof(uint32_t); } -// The biggest possible single value is a 10-byte varint. -#define UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE 10 - /* Functions to write wire values. ********************************************/ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 28ec9a1fa0f9b1d741920dfa8afc91fa2532c43d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joshua Haberman Date: Fri, 9 Jul 2010 20:20:33 -0700 Subject: Split src/ into core/ and stream/. --- Makefile | 22 +- README | 9 +- core/upb.c | 67 ++++ core/upb.h | 207 ++++++++++ core/upb_atomic.h | 185 +++++++++ core/upb_def.c | 1022 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ core/upb_def.h | 302 ++++++++++++++ core/upb_stream.h | 121 ++++++ core/upb_stream_vtbl.h | 93 +++++ core/upb_string.c | 47 +++ core/upb_string.h | 194 +++++++++ core/upb_table.c | 411 +++++++++++++++++++ core/upb_table.h | 133 +++++++ gen-deps.sh | 2 +- src/upb.c | 67 ---- src/upb.h | 207 ---------- src/upb_atomic.h | 185 --------- src/upb_byteio.h | 43 -- src/upb_decoder.c | 577 --------------------------- src/upb_decoder.h | 53 --- src/upb_def.c | 1022 ------------------------------------------------ src/upb_def.h | 302 -------------- src/upb_encoder.c | 420 -------------------- src/upb_encoder.h | 56 --- src/upb_inlinedefs.c | 20 - src/upb_stream.h | 121 ------ src/upb_stream_vtbl.h | 93 ----- src/upb_string.c | 47 --- src/upb_string.h | 194 --------- src/upb_table.c | 411 ------------------- src/upb_table.h | 133 ------- src/upb_text.c | 121 ------ src/upb_text.h | 36 -- stream/upb_byteio.h | 43 ++ stream/upb_decoder.c | 577 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ stream/upb_decoder.h | 53 +++ stream/upb_encoder.c | 420 ++++++++++++++++++++ stream/upb_encoder.h | 56 +++ stream/upb_text.c | 121 ++++++ stream/upb_text.h | 36 ++ 40 files changed, 4107 insertions(+), 4122 deletions(-) create mode 100644 core/upb.c create mode 100644 core/upb.h create mode 100644 core/upb_atomic.h create mode 100644 core/upb_def.c create mode 100644 core/upb_def.h create mode 100644 core/upb_stream.h create mode 100644 core/upb_stream_vtbl.h create mode 100644 core/upb_string.c create mode 100644 core/upb_string.h create mode 100644 core/upb_table.c create mode 100644 core/upb_table.h delete mode 100644 src/upb.c delete mode 100644 src/upb.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_atomic.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_byteio.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_decoder.c delete mode 100644 src/upb_decoder.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_def.c delete mode 100644 src/upb_def.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_encoder.c delete mode 100644 src/upb_encoder.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_inlinedefs.c delete mode 100644 src/upb_stream.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_stream_vtbl.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_string.c delete mode 100644 src/upb_string.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_table.c delete mode 100644 src/upb_table.h delete mode 100644 src/upb_text.c delete mode 100644 src/upb_text.h create mode 100644 stream/upb_byteio.h create mode 100644 stream/upb_decoder.c create mode 100644 stream/upb_decoder.h create mode 100644 stream/upb_encoder.c create mode 100644 stream/upb_encoder.h create mode 100644 stream/upb_text.c create mode 100644 stream/upb_text.h (limited to 'src/upb_encoder.c') diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile index 1ba7400..ca4f940 100644 --- a/Makefile +++ b/Makefile @@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ rwildcard=$(strip $(foreach d,$(wildcard $1*),$(call rwildcard,$d/,$2)$(filter $ CC=gcc CXX=g++ CFLAGS=-std=c99 -INCLUDE=-Idescriptor -Isrc -Itests -I. +INCLUDE=-Idescriptor -Icore -Itests -I. CPPFLAGS=-Wall -Wextra -g $(INCLUDE) $(strip $(shell test -f perf-cppflags && cat perf-cppflags)) LDLIBS=-lpthread -LIBUPB=src/libupb.a -LIBUPB_PIC=src/libupb_pic.a -LIBUPB_SHARED=src/libupb.so +LIBUPB=core/libupb.a +LIBUPB_PIC=core/libupb_pic.a +LIBUPB_SHARED=core/libupb.so ALL=deps $(OBJ) $(LIBUPB) $(LIBUPB_PIC) all: $(ALL) clean: @@ -45,16 +45,16 @@ clean: rm -rf tools/upbc deps cd lang_ext/python && python setup.py clean --all -# The core library (src/libupb.a) -SRC=src/upb.c src/upb_decoder.c src/upb_table.c src/upb_def.c src/upb_string.c \ +# The core library (core/libupb.a) +SRC=core/upb.c stream/upb_decoder.c core/upb_table.c core/upb_def.c core/upb_string.c \ descriptor/descriptor.c # Parts of core that are yet to be converted. OTHERSRC=src/upb_encoder.c src/upb_text.c # Override the optimization level for upb_def.o, because it is not in the # critical path but gets very large when -O3 is used. -src/upb_def.o: src/upb_def.c +core/upb_def.o: core/upb_def.c $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -Os -c -o $@ $< -src/upb_def.lo: src/upb_def.c +core/upb_def.lo: core/upb_def.c $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -Os -c -o $@ $< -fPIC @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ TESTS=tests/tests \ tests/t.test_vs_proto2.googlemessage1 \ tests/t.test_vs_proto2.googlemessage2 \ tests/test.proto.pb -$(TESTS): src/libupb.a +$(TESTS): core/libupb.a #VALGRIND=valgrind --leak-check=full --error-exitcode=1 VALGRIND= @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ tests/test_table: tests/test_table.cc # Includes which is a deprecated header. $(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -Wno-deprecated -o $@ $< $(LIBUPB) -tests/tests: src/libupb.a +tests/tests: core/libupb.a # Tools -tools/upbc: src/libupb.a +tools/upbc: core/libupb.a # Benchmarks UPB_BENCHMARKS=benchmarks/b.parsetostruct_googlemessage1.upb_table_byval \ diff --git a/README b/README index e869667..efa3ddb 100644 --- a/README +++ b/README @@ -10,6 +10,11 @@ ROADMAP OF THE SOURCE benchmark/ Benchmarks of upb and other protocol buffer implementations. +core/ + The core source directory. builds into core/libupb.a. Contains only the + very core library, which is capable of loading descriptors given the + appropriate decoder. Does not even contain decoders for the standard + formats like the protobuf text and binary formats. descriptor/ Files that describe the format of Protocol Buffer "descriptors", which are protocol buffers that describe the format of other protocol buffers. These @@ -19,8 +24,8 @@ labs/ about alternate ways of implementing things. When possible, these are benchmarked by the tests in benchmark/. We also test these with the tests in tests/, to ensure that the alternate implementations are actually correct. -src/ - The core source directory. builds into src/libupb.a. +stream/ + Implementations of streaming protobuf encoders and decoders. tests/ Unit tests. tools/ diff --git a/core/upb.c b/core/upb.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a98512d --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb.c @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + * + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "upb.h" +#include "upb_string.h" + +#define alignof(t) offsetof(struct { char c; t x; }, x) +#define TYPE_INFO(wire_type, ctype, allows_delimited) \ + {alignof(ctype), sizeof(ctype), wire_type, \ + (1 << wire_type) | (allows_delimited << UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED), \ + #ctype}, + +upb_type_info upb_types[] = { + {0, 0, 0, 0, ""}, // There is no type 0. + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, double, 1) // DOUBLE + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, float, 1) // FLOAT + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int64_t, 1) // INT64 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, uint64_t, 1) // UINT64 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int32_t, 1) // INT32 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, uint64_t, 1) // FIXED64 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, uint32_t, 1) // FIXED32 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, bool, 1) // BOOL + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, void*, 1) // STRING + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP, void*, 0) // GROUP + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, void*, 1) // MESSAGE + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, void*, 1) // BYTES + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, uint32_t, 1) // UINT32 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, uint32_t, 1) // ENUM + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, int32_t, 1) // SFIXED32 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, int64_t, 1) // SFIXED64 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int32_t, 1) // SINT32 + TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int64_t, 1) // SINT64 +}; + +void upb_seterr(upb_status *status, enum upb_status_code code, + const char *msg, ...) +{ + if(upb_ok(status)) { // The first error is the most interesting. + status->str = upb_string_new(); + char *str = upb_string_getrwbuf(status->str, UPB_ERRORMSG_MAXLEN); + status->code = code; + va_list args; + va_start(args, msg); + vsnprintf(str, UPB_ERRORMSG_MAXLEN, msg, args); + va_end(args); + } +} + +void upb_copyerr(upb_status *to, upb_status *from) +{ + to->code = from->code; + to->str = upb_string_getref(from->str); +} + +void upb_reset(upb_status *status) { + status->code = UPB_STATUS_OK; + upb_string_unref(status->str); + status->str = NULL; +} diff --git a/core/upb.h b/core/upb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..230e638 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + * + * This file contains shared definitions that are widely used across upb. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_H_ +#define UPB_H_ + +#include +#include +#include // only for size_t. +#include "descriptor_const.h" +#include "upb_atomic.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// inline if possible, emit standalone code if required. +#ifndef INLINE +#define INLINE static inline +#endif + +#define UPB_MAX(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y)) +#define UPB_MIN(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)) +#define UPB_INDEX(base, i, m) (void*)((char*)(base) + ((i)*(m))) + +// The maximum that any submessages can be nested. Matches proto2's limit. +#define UPB_MAX_NESTING 64 + +// The maximum number of fields that any one .proto type can have. Note that +// this is very different than the max field number. It is hard to imagine a +// scenario where more than 32k fields makes sense. +#define UPB_MAX_FIELDS (1<<15) +typedef int16_t upb_field_count_t; + +// Nested type names are separated by periods. +#define UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR '.' + +// This limit is for the longest fully-qualified symbol, eg. foo.bar.MsgType +#define UPB_SYMBOL_MAXLEN 128 + +// The longest chain that mutually-recursive types are allowed to form. For +// example, this is a type cycle of length 2: +// message A { +// B b = 1; +// } +// message B { +// A a = 1; +// } +#define UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN 16 + +// The maximum depth that the type graph can have. Note that this setting does +// not automatically constrain UPB_MAX_NESTING, because type cycles allow for +// unlimited nesting if we do not limit it. +#define UPB_MAX_TYPE_DEPTH 64 + +// The biggest possible single value is a 10-byte varint. +#define UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE 10 + + +/* Fundamental types and type constants. **************************************/ + +// A list of types as they are encoded on-the-wire. +enum upb_wire_type { + UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT = 0, + UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT = 1, + UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED = 2, + UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP = 3, + UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP = 4, + UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5, + + // This isn't a real wire type, but we use this constant to describe varints + // that are expected to be a maximum of 32 bits. + UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT_VARINT = 8 +}; + +typedef uint8_t upb_wire_type_t; + +// Value type as defined in a .proto file. eg. string, int32, etc. The +// integers that represent this are defined by descriptor.proto. Note that +// descriptor.proto reserves "0" for errors, and we use it to represent +// exceptional circumstances. +typedef uint8_t upb_field_type_t; + +// For referencing the type constants tersely. +#define UPB_TYPE(type) GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_ ## type +#define UPB_LABEL(type) GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_ ## type + +INLINE bool upb_issubmsgtype(upb_field_type_t type) { + return type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP) || type == UPB_TYPE(MESSAGE); +} + +INLINE bool upb_isstringtype(upb_field_type_t type) { + return type == UPB_TYPE(STRING) || type == UPB_TYPE(BYTES); +} + +// Info for a given field type. +typedef struct { + uint8_t align; + uint8_t size; + upb_wire_type_t native_wire_type; + uint8_t allowed_wire_types; // For packable fields, also allows delimited. + char *ctype; +} upb_type_info; + +// A static array of info about all of the field types, indexed by type number. +extern upb_type_info upb_types[]; + +// The number of a field, eg. "optional string foo = 3". +typedef int32_t upb_field_number_t; + +// Label (optional, repeated, required) as defined in a .proto file. The +// values of this are defined by google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label +// (from descriptor.proto). +typedef uint8_t upb_label_t; + +// A scalar (non-string) wire value. Used only for parsing unknown fields. +typedef union { + uint64_t varint; + uint64_t _64bit; + uint32_t _32bit; +} upb_wire_value; + +/* Polymorphic values of .proto types *****************************************/ + +struct _upb_string; +typedef struct _upb_string upb_string; + +typedef uint32_t upb_strlen_t; + +// A single .proto value. The owner must have an out-of-band way of knowing +// the type, so that it knows which union member to use. +typedef union { + double _double; + float _float; + int32_t int32; + int64_t int64; + uint32_t uint32; + uint64_t uint64; + bool _bool; +} upb_value; + +// A pointer to a .proto value. The owner must have an out-of-band way of +// knowing the type, so it knows which union member to use. +typedef union { + double *_double; + float *_float; + int32_t *int32; + int64_t *int64; + uint8_t *uint8; + uint32_t *uint32; + uint64_t *uint64; + bool *_bool; +} upb_valueptr; + +INLINE upb_valueptr upb_value_addrof(upb_value *val) { + upb_valueptr ptr = {&val->_double}; + return ptr; +} + +// Status codes used as a return value. Codes >0 are not fatal and can be +// resumed. +enum upb_status_code { + UPB_STATUS_OK = 0, + + // A read or write from a streaming src/sink could not be completed right now. + UPB_STATUS_TRYAGAIN = 1, + + // A value had an incorrect wire type and will be skipped. + UPB_STATUS_BADWIRETYPE = 2, + + // An unrecoverable error occurred. + UPB_STATUS_ERROR = -1, + + // A varint went for 10 bytes without terminating. + UPB_ERROR_UNTERMINATED_VARINT = -2, + + // The max nesting level (UPB_MAX_NESTING) was exceeded. + UPB_ERROR_MAX_NESTING_EXCEEDED = -3 +}; + +typedef struct { + enum upb_status_code code; + upb_string *str; +} upb_status; + +#define UPB_STATUS_INIT {UPB_STATUS_OK, NULL} +#define UPB_ERRORMSG_MAXLEN 256 + +INLINE bool upb_ok(upb_status *status) { + return status->code == UPB_STATUS_OK; +} + +void upb_reset(upb_status *status); +void upb_seterr(upb_status *status, enum upb_status_code code, const char *msg, + ...); +void upb_copyerr(upb_status *to, upb_status *from); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* UPB_H_ */ diff --git a/core/upb_atomic.h b/core/upb_atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01fc8a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + * + * Only a very small part of upb is thread-safe. Notably, individual + * messages, arrays, and strings are *not* thread safe for mutating. + * However, we do make message *metadata* such as upb_msgdef and + * upb_context thread-safe, and their ownership is tracked via atomic + * refcounting. This header implements the small number of atomic + * primitives required to support this. The primitives we implement + * are: + * + * - a reader/writer lock (wrappers around platform-provided mutexes). + * - an atomic refcount. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_ATOMIC_H_ +#define UPB_ATOMIC_H_ + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* inline if possible, emit standalone code if required. */ +#ifndef INLINE +#define INLINE static inline +#endif + +#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE + +/* Non-thread-safe implementations. ******************************************/ + +typedef struct { + int v; +} upb_atomic_refcount_t; + +INLINE void upb_atomic_refcount_init(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { + a->v = val; +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_ref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return a->v++ == 0; +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_unref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return --a->v == 0; +} + +INLINE int upb_atomic_read(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return a->v; +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_add(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { + a->v += val; + return a->v == 0; +} + +INLINE int upb_atomic_fetch_and_add(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { + int ret = a->v; + a->v += val; + return ret; +} + +#endif + +/* Atomic refcount ************************************************************/ + +#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE + +/* Already defined above. */ + +#elif (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1) || __GNUC__ > 4 + +/* GCC includes atomic primitives. */ + +typedef struct { + volatile int v; +} upb_atomic_refcount_t; + +INLINE void upb_atomic_refcount_init(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { + a->v = val; + __sync_synchronize(); /* Ensure the initialized value is visible. */ +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_ref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return __sync_fetch_and_add(&a->v, 1) == 0; +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_add(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int n) { + return __sync_add_and_fetch(&a->v, n) == 0; +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_unref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return __sync_sub_and_fetch(&a->v, 1) == 0; +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_read(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return __sync_fetch_and_add(&a->v, 0); +} + +#elif defined(WIN32) + +/* Windows defines atomic increment/decrement. */ +#include + +typedef struct { + volatile LONG val; +} upb_atomic_refcount_t; + +INLINE void upb_atomic_refcount_init(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { + InterlockedExchange(&a->val, val); +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_ref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return InterlockedIncrement(&a->val) == 1; +} + +INLINE bool upb_atomic_unref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { + return InterlockedDecrement(&a->val) == 0; +} + +#else +#error Atomic primitives not defined for your platform/CPU. \ + Implement them or compile with UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE. +#endif + +/* Reader/Writer lock. ********************************************************/ + +#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE + +typedef struct { +} upb_rwlock_t; + +INLINE void upb_rwlock_init(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } +INLINE void upb_rwlock_destroy(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } +INLINE void upb_rwlock_rdlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } +INLINE void upb_rwlock_wrlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } +INLINE void upb_rwlock_unlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } + +#elif defined(UPB_USE_PTHREADS) + +#include + +typedef struct { + pthread_rwlock_t lock; +} upb_rwlock_t; + +INLINE void upb_rwlock_init(upb_rwlock_t *l) { + /* TODO: check return value. */ + pthread_rwlock_init(&l->lock, NULL); +} + +INLINE void upb_rwlock_destroy(upb_rwlock_t *l) { + /* TODO: check return value. */ + pthread_rwlock_destroy(&l->lock); +} + +INLINE void upb_rwlock_rdlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { + /* TODO: check return value. */ + pthread_rwlock_rdlock(&l->lock); +} + +INLINE void upb_rwlock_wrlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { + /* TODO: check return value. */ + pthread_rwlock_wrlock(&l->lock); +} + +INLINE void upb_rwlock_unlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { + /* TODO: check return value. */ + pthread_rwlock_unlock(&l->lock); +} + +#else +#error Reader/writer lock is not defined for your platform/CPU. \ + Implement it or compile with UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE. +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* UPB_ATOMIC_H_ */ diff --git a/core/upb_def.c b/core/upb_def.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfab738 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_def.c @@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include +#include "descriptor_const.h" +#include "descriptor.h" +#include "upb_def.h" + +#define CHECKSRC(x) if(!(x)) goto src_err +#define CHECK(x) if(!(x)) goto err + +// A little dynamic array for storing a growing list of upb_defs. +typedef struct { + upb_def **defs; + uint32_t len; + uint32_t size; +} upb_deflist; + +static void upb_deflist_init(upb_deflist *l) { + l->size = 8; + l->defs = malloc(l->size); + l->len = 0; +} + +static void upb_deflist_uninit(upb_deflist *l) { + for(uint32_t i = 0; i < l->len; i++) + if(l->defs[i]) upb_def_unref(l->defs[i]); + free(l->defs); +} + +static void upb_deflist_push(upb_deflist *l, upb_def *d) { + if(l->len == l->size) { + l->size *= 2; + l->defs = realloc(l->defs, l->size); + } + l->defs[l->len++] = d; +} + +/* Joins strings together, for example: + * join("Foo.Bar", "Baz") -> "Foo.Bar.Baz" + * join("", "Baz") -> "Baz" + * Caller owns a ref on the returned string. */ +static upb_string *upb_join(upb_string *base, upb_string *name) { + upb_string *joined = upb_strdup(base); + upb_strlen_t len = upb_string_len(joined); + if(len > 0) { + upb_string_getrwbuf(joined, len + 1)[len] = UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR; + } + upb_strcat(joined, name); + return joined; +} + +// Qualify the defname for all defs starting with offset "start" with "str". +static void upb_deflist_qualify(upb_deflist *l, upb_string *str, int32_t start) { + for(uint32_t i = start; i < l->len; i++) { + upb_def *def = l->defs[i]; + upb_string *name = def->fqname; + def->fqname = upb_join(str, name); + upb_string_unref(name); + } +} + +/* upb_def ********************************************************************/ + +// Defs are reference counted, but can have cycles when types are +// self-recursive or mutually recursive, so we need to be capable of collecting +// the cycles. In our situation defs are immutable (so cycles cannot be +// created or destroyed post-initialization). We need to be thread-safe but +// want to avoid locks if at all possible and rely only on atomic operations. +// +// Our scheme is as follows. First we give each def a flag indicating whether +// it is part of a cycle or not. Because defs are immutable, this flag will +// never change. For acyclic defs, we can use a naive algorithm and avoid the +// overhead of dealing with cycles. Most defs will be acyclic, and most cycles +// will be very short. +// +// For defs that participate in cycles we keep two reference counts. One +// tracks references that come from outside the cycle (we call these external +// references), and is incremented and decremented like a regular refcount. +// The other is a cycle refcount, and works as follows. Every cycle is +// considered distinct, even if two cycles share members. For example, this +// graph has two distinct cycles: +// +// A-->B-->C +// ^ | | +// +---+---+ +// +// The cycles in this graph are AB and ABC. When A's external refcount +// transitions from 0->1, we say that A takes "cycle references" on both +// cycles. Taking a cycle reference means incrementing the cycle refcount of +// all defs in the cycle. Since A and B are common to both cycles, A and B's +// cycle refcounts will be incremented by two, and C's will be incremented by +// one. Likewise, when A's external refcount transitions from 1->0, we +// decrement A and B's cycle refcounts by two and C's by one. We collect a +// cyclic type when its cycle refcount drops to zero. A precondition for this +// is that the external refcount has dropped to zero also. +// +// This algorithm is relatively cheap, since it only requires extra work when +// the external refcount on a cyclic type transitions from 0->1 or 1->0. + +static void upb_msgdef_free(upb_msgdef *m); +static void upb_enumdef_free(upb_enumdef *e); +static void upb_unresolveddef_free(struct _upb_unresolveddef *u); + +static void upb_def_free(upb_def *def) +{ + switch(def->type) { + case UPB_DEF_MSG: + upb_msgdef_free(upb_downcast_msgdef(def)); + break; + case UPB_DEF_ENUM: + upb_enumdef_free(upb_downcast_enumdef(def)); + break; + case UPB_DEF_SVC: + assert(false); /* Unimplemented. */ + break; + case UPB_DEF_UNRESOLVED: + upb_unresolveddef_free(upb_downcast_unresolveddef(def)); + break; + default: + assert(false); + } +} + +// Depth-first search for all cycles that include cycle_base. Returns the +// number of paths from def that lead to cycle_base, which is equivalent to the +// number of cycles def is in that include cycle_base. +// +// open_defs tracks the set of nodes that are currently being visited in the +// search so we can stop the search if we detect a cycles that do not involve +// cycle_base. We can't color the nodes as we go by writing to a member of the +// def, because another thread could be performing the search concurrently. +static int upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(upb_msgdef *m, upb_msgdef *cycle_base, + upb_msgdef **open_defs, int num_open_defs, + bool ref) { + bool found = false; + for(int i = 0; i < num_open_defs; i++) { + if(open_defs[i] == m) { + // We encountered a cycle that did not involve cycle_base. + found = true; + break; + } + } + + if(found || num_open_defs == UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN) { + return 0; + } else if(m == cycle_base) { + return 1; + } else { + int path_count = 0; + if(cycle_base == NULL) { + cycle_base = m; + } else { + open_defs[num_open_defs++] = m; + } + for(int i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) { + upb_fielddef *f = &m->fields[i]; + upb_def *def = f->def; + if(upb_issubmsg(f) && def->is_cyclic) { + upb_msgdef *sub_m = upb_downcast_msgdef(def); + path_count += upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(sub_m, cycle_base, open_defs, + num_open_defs, ref); + } + } + if(ref) { + upb_atomic_add(&m->cycle_refcount, path_count); + } else { + if(upb_atomic_add(&m->cycle_refcount, -path_count)) + upb_def_free(UPB_UPCAST(m)); + } + return path_count; + } +} + +void _upb_def_reftozero(upb_def *def) { + if(def->is_cyclic) { + upb_msgdef *m = upb_downcast_msgdef(def); + upb_msgdef *open_defs[UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN]; + upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(m, NULL, open_defs, 0, false); + } else { + upb_def_free(def); + } +} + +void _upb_def_cyclic_ref(upb_def *def) { + upb_msgdef *open_defs[UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN]; + upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(upb_downcast_msgdef(def), NULL, open_defs, 0, true); +} + +static void upb_def_init(upb_def *def, upb_def_type type) { + def->type = type; + def->is_cyclic = 0; // We detect this later, after resolving refs. + def->search_depth = 0; + def->fqname = NULL; + upb_atomic_refcount_init(&def->refcount, 1); +} + +static void upb_def_uninit(upb_def *def) { + upb_string_unref(def->fqname); +} + + +/* upb_unresolveddef **********************************************************/ + +// Unresolved defs are used as temporary placeholders for a def whose name has +// not been resolved yet. During the name resolution step, all unresolved defs +// are replaced with pointers to the actual def being referenced. +typedef struct _upb_unresolveddef { + upb_def base; + + // The target type name. This may or may not be fully qualified. + upb_string *name; +} upb_unresolveddef; + +// Is passed a ref on the string. +static upb_unresolveddef *upb_unresolveddef_new(upb_string *str) { + upb_unresolveddef *def = malloc(sizeof(*def)); + upb_def_init(&def->base, UPB_DEF_UNRESOLVED); + def->name = str; + return def; +} + +static void upb_unresolveddef_free(struct _upb_unresolveddef *def) { + upb_def_uninit(&def->base); + free(def); +} + + +/* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/ + +typedef struct { + upb_strtable_entry e; + uint32_t value; +} ntoi_ent; + +typedef struct { + upb_inttable_entry e; + upb_string *string; +} iton_ent; + +static void upb_enumdef_free(upb_enumdef *e) { + upb_strtable_free(&e->ntoi); + upb_inttable_free(&e->iton); + upb_def_uninit(&e->base); + free(e); +} + +static bool upb_addenum_val(upb_src *src, upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status) +{ + int32_t number = -1; + upb_string *name = NULL; + upb_fielddef *f; + while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { + switch(f->number) { + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &number)); + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: + name = upb_string_tryrecycle(name); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, name)); + break; + default: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); + break; + } + } + + if(name == NULL || number == -1) { + upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Enum value missing name or number."); + goto err; + } + ntoi_ent ntoi_ent = {{name, 0}, number}; + iton_ent iton_ent = {{number, 0}, name}; + upb_strtable_insert(&e->ntoi, &ntoi_ent.e); + upb_inttable_insert(&e->iton, &iton_ent.e); + // We don't unref "name" because we pass our ref to the iton entry of the + // table. strtables can ref their keys, but the inttable doesn't know that + // the value is a string. + return true; + +src_err: + upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); +err: + upb_string_unref(name); + return false; +} + +static bool upb_addenum(upb_src *src, upb_deflist *defs, upb_status *status) +{ + upb_enumdef *e = malloc(sizeof(*e)); + upb_def_init(&e->base, UPB_DEF_ENUM); + upb_strtable_init(&e->ntoi, 0, sizeof(ntoi_ent)); + upb_inttable_init(&e->iton, 0, sizeof(iton_ent)); + upb_fielddef *f; + while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { + switch(f->number) { + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_FIELDNUM: + CHECK(upb_addenum_val(src, e, status)); + break; + default: + upb_src_skipval(src); + break; + } + } + upb_deflist_push(defs, UPB_UPCAST(e)); + return true; + +err: + upb_enumdef_free(e); + return false; +} + +static void fill_iter(upb_enum_iter *iter, ntoi_ent *ent) { + iter->state = ent; + iter->name = ent->e.key; + iter->val = ent->value; +} + +void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, upb_enumdef *e) { + // We could iterate over either table here; the choice is arbitrary. + ntoi_ent *ent = upb_strtable_begin(&e->ntoi); + iter->e = e; + fill_iter(iter, ent); +} + +void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter) { + ntoi_ent *ent = iter->state; + assert(ent); + ent = upb_strtable_next(&iter->e->ntoi, &ent->e); + iter->state = ent; + if(ent) fill_iter(iter, ent); +} + +bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter) { + return iter->state == NULL; +} + + +/* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/ + +static void upb_fielddef_free(upb_fielddef *f) { + free(f); +} + +static void upb_fielddef_uninit(upb_fielddef *f) { + upb_string_unref(f->name); + if(upb_hasdef(f) && f->owned) { + upb_def_unref(f->def); + } +} + +static bool upb_addfield(upb_src *src, upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status) +{ + upb_fielddef *f = malloc(sizeof(*f)); + f->def = NULL; + f->owned = false; + upb_fielddef *parsed_f; + int32_t tmp; + while((parsed_f = upb_src_getdef(src))) { + switch(parsed_f->number) { + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &tmp)); + f->type = tmp; + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &tmp)); + f->label = tmp; + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &tmp)); + f->number = tmp; + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: + f->name = upb_string_tryrecycle(f->name); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, f->name)); + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_FIELDNUM: { + upb_string *str = upb_string_new(); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, str)); + if(f->def) upb_def_unref(f->def); + f->def = UPB_UPCAST(upb_unresolveddef_new(str)); + f->owned = true; + break; + } + } + } + CHECKSRC(upb_src_eof(src)); + // TODO: verify that all required fields were present. + assert((f->def != NULL) == upb_hasdef(f)); + + // Field was successfully read, add it as a field of the msgdef. + upb_itof_ent itof_ent = {{f->number, 0}, f}; + upb_ntof_ent ntof_ent = {{f->name, 0}, f}; + upb_inttable_insert(&m->itof, &itof_ent.e); + upb_strtable_insert(&m->ntof, &ntof_ent.e); + return true; + +src_err: + upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); + upb_fielddef_free(f); + return false; +} + + +/* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/ + +// Processes a google.protobuf.DescriptorProto, adding defs to "defs." +static bool upb_addmsg(upb_src *src, upb_deflist *defs, upb_status *status) +{ + upb_msgdef *m = malloc(sizeof(*m)); + upb_def_init(&m->base, UPB_DEF_MSG); + upb_atomic_refcount_init(&m->cycle_refcount, 0); + upb_inttable_init(&m->itof, 4, sizeof(upb_itof_ent)); + upb_strtable_init(&m->ntof, 4, sizeof(upb_ntof_ent)); + int32_t start_count = defs->len; + + upb_fielddef *f; + while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { + switch(f->number) { + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: + m->base.fqname = upb_string_tryrecycle(m->base.fqname); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, m->base.fqname)); + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); + CHECK(upb_addfield(src, m, status)); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); + CHECK(upb_addmsg(src, defs, status)); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); + CHECK(upb_addenum(src, defs, status)); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); + break; + default: + // TODO: extensions. + CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); + } + } + CHECK(upb_src_eof(src)); + if(!m->base.fqname) { + upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Encountered message with no name."); + goto err; + } + upb_deflist_qualify(defs, m->base.fqname, start_count); + upb_deflist_push(defs, UPB_UPCAST(m)); + return true; + +src_err: + upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); +err: + upb_msgdef_free(m); + return false; +} + +static void upb_msgdef_free(upb_msgdef *m) +{ + for (upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) + upb_fielddef_uninit(&m->fields[i]); + free(m->fields); + upb_strtable_free(&m->ntof); + upb_inttable_free(&m->itof); + upb_def_uninit(&m->base); + free(m); +} + +static void upb_msgdef_resolve(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, upb_def *def) { + (void)m; + if(f->owned) upb_def_unref(f->def); + f->def = def; + // We will later make the ref unowned if it is a part of a cycle. + f->owned = true; + upb_def_ref(def); +} + + +/* symtab internal ***********************************************************/ + +// Processes a google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto, adding the defs to "defs". +static bool upb_addfd(upb_src *src, upb_deflist *defs, upb_status *status) +{ + upb_string *package = NULL; + int32_t start_count = defs->len; + upb_fielddef *f; + while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { + switch(f->number) { + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: + package = upb_string_tryrecycle(package); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, package)); + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); + CHECK(upb_addmsg(src, defs, status)); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); + break; + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); + CHECK(upb_addenum(src, defs, status)); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); + break; + default: + // TODO: services and extensions. + CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); + } + } + CHECK(upb_src_eof(src)); + upb_deflist_qualify(defs, package, start_count); + upb_string_unref(package); + return true; + +src_err: + upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); +err: + upb_string_unref(package); + return false; +} + +/* Search for a character in a string, in reverse. */ +static int my_memrchr(char *data, char c, size_t len) +{ + int off = len-1; + while(off > 0 && data[off] != c) --off; + return off; +} + +typedef struct { + upb_strtable_entry e; + upb_def *def; +} upb_symtab_ent; + +// Given a symbol and the base symbol inside which it is defined, find the +// symbol's definition in t. +static upb_symtab_ent *upb_resolve(upb_strtable *t, + upb_string *base, upb_string *sym) +{ + if(upb_string_len(base) + upb_string_len(sym) + 1 >= UPB_SYMBOL_MAXLEN || + upb_string_len(sym) == 0) return NULL; + + if(upb_string_getrobuf(sym)[0] == UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR) { + // Symbols starting with '.' are absolute, so we do a single lookup. + // Slice to omit the leading '.' + upb_string *sym_str = upb_strslice(sym, 1, upb_string_len(sym) - 1); + upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_lookup(t, sym_str); + upb_string_unref(sym_str); + return e; + } else { + // Remove components from base until we find an entry or run out. + upb_string *sym_str = upb_string_new(); + int baselen = upb_string_len(base); + while(1) { + // sym_str = base[0...base_len] + UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR + sym + upb_strlen_t len = baselen + upb_string_len(sym) + 1; + char *buf = upb_string_getrwbuf(sym_str, len); + memcpy(buf, upb_string_getrobuf(base), baselen); + buf[baselen] = UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR; + memcpy(buf + baselen + 1, upb_string_getrobuf(sym), upb_string_len(sym)); + + upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_lookup(t, sym_str); + if (e) return e; + else if(baselen == 0) return NULL; // No more scopes to try. + + baselen = my_memrchr(buf, UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR, baselen); + } + } +} + +// Performs a pass over the type graph to find all cycles that include m. +static bool upb_symtab_findcycles(upb_msgdef *m, int depth, upb_status *status) +{ + if(depth > UPB_MAX_TYPE_DEPTH) { + // We have found a non-cyclic path from the base of the type tree that + // exceeds the maximum allowed depth. There are many situations in upb + // where we recurse over the type tree (like for example, right now) and an + // absurdly deep tree could cause us to stack overflow on systems with very + // limited stacks. + upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Type " UPB_STRFMT " was found at " + "depth %d in the type graph, which exceeds the maximum type " + "depth of %d.", UPB_UPCAST(m)->fqname, depth, + UPB_MAX_TYPE_DEPTH); + return false; + } else if(UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth == 1) { + // Cycle! + int cycle_len = depth - 1; + if(cycle_len > UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN) { + upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Type " UPB_STRFMT " was involved " + "in a cycle of length %d, which exceeds the maximum type " + "cycle length of %d.", UPB_UPCAST(m)->fqname, cycle_len, + UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN); + } + return true; + } else if(UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth > 0) { + // This was a cycle, but did not originate from the base of our search tree. + // We'll find it when we call find_cycles() on this node directly. + return false; + } else { + UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth = ++depth; + bool cycle_found = false; + for(upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) { + upb_fielddef *f = &m->fields[i]; + if(!upb_issubmsg(f)) continue; + upb_def *sub_def = f->def; + upb_msgdef *sub_m = upb_downcast_msgdef(sub_def); + if(upb_symtab_findcycles(sub_m, depth, status)) { + cycle_found = true; + UPB_UPCAST(m)->is_cyclic = true; + if(f->owned) { + upb_atomic_unref(&sub_def->refcount); + f->owned = false; + } + } + } + UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth = 0; + return cycle_found; + } +} + +// Given a table of pending defs "tmptab" and a table of existing defs "symtab", +// resolves all of the unresolved refs for the defs in tmptab. +bool upb_resolverefs(upb_strtable *tmptab, upb_strtable *symtab, + upb_status *status) +{ + upb_symtab_ent *e; + for(e = upb_strtable_begin(tmptab); e; e = upb_strtable_next(tmptab, &e->e)) { + upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef(e->def); + if(!m) continue; + // Type names are resolved relative to the message in which they appear. + upb_string *base = e->e.key; + + for(upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) { + upb_fielddef *f = &m->fields[i]; + if(!upb_hasdef(f)) continue; // No resolving necessary. + upb_string *name = upb_downcast_unresolveddef(f->def)->name; + + // Resolve from either the tmptab (pending adds) or symtab (existing + // defs). If both exist, prefer the pending add, because it will be + // overwriting the existing def. + upb_symtab_ent *found; + if(!(found = upb_resolve(tmptab, base, name)) && + !(found = upb_resolve(symtab, base, name))) { + upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, + "could not resolve symbol '" UPB_STRFMT "'" + " in context '" UPB_STRFMT "'", + UPB_STRARG(name), UPB_STRARG(base)); + return false; + } + + // Check the type of the found def. + upb_field_type_t expected = upb_issubmsg(f) ? UPB_DEF_MSG : UPB_DEF_ENUM; + if(found->def->type != expected) { + upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Unexpected type"); + return false; + } + upb_msgdef_resolve(m, f, found->def); + } + } + + // Deal with type cycles. + for(e = upb_strtable_begin(tmptab); e; e = upb_strtable_next(tmptab, &e->e)) { + upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef(e->def); + if(!m) continue; + // The findcycles() call will decrement the external refcount of the + if(!upb_symtab_findcycles(m, 0, status)) return false; + upb_msgdef *open_defs[UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN]; + upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(m, NULL, open_defs, 0, true); + } + + return true; +} + +// Given a list of defs, a list of extensions (in the future), and a flag +// indicating whether the new defs can overwrite existing defs in the symtab, +// attempts to add the given defs to the symtab. The whole operation either +// succeeds or fails. Ownership of "defs" and "exts" is taken. +bool upb_symtab_add_defs(upb_symtab *s, upb_deflist *defs, bool allow_redef, + upb_status *status) +{ + upb_rwlock_wrlock(&s->lock); + + // Build a table of the defs we mean to add, for duplicate detection and name + // resolution. + upb_strtable tmptab; + upb_strtable_init(&tmptab, defs->len, sizeof(upb_symtab_ent)); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < defs->len; i++) { + upb_def *def = defs->defs[i]; + upb_symtab_ent e = {{def->fqname, 0}, def}; + + // Redefinition is never allowed within a single FileDescriptorSet. + // Additionally, we only allow overwriting of an existing definition if + // allow_redef is set. + if (upb_strtable_lookup(&tmptab, def->fqname) || + (!allow_redef && upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, def->fqname))) { + upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Redefinition of symbol " UPB_STRFMT, + UPB_STRARG(def->fqname)); + goto err; + } + + // Pass ownership from the deflist to the strtable. + upb_strtable_insert(&tmptab, &e.e); + defs->defs[i] = NULL; + } + + // TODO: process the list of extensions by modifying entries from + // tmptab in-place (copying them from the symtab first if necessary). + + CHECK(upb_resolverefs(&tmptab, &s->symtab, status)); + + // The defs in tmptab have been vetted, and can be added to the symtab + // without causing errors. Now add all tmptab defs to the symtab, + // overwriting (and releasing a ref on) any existing defs with the same + // names. Ownership for tmptab defs passes from the tmptab to the symtab. + upb_symtab_ent *tmptab_e; + for(tmptab_e = upb_strtable_begin(&tmptab); tmptab_e; + tmptab_e = upb_strtable_next(&tmptab, &tmptab_e->e)) { + upb_symtab_ent *symtab_e = + upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, tmptab_e->def->fqname); + if(symtab_e) { + upb_def_unref(symtab_e->def); + symtab_e->def = tmptab_e->def; + } else { + upb_strtable_insert(&s->symtab, &tmptab_e->e); + } + } + + upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); + upb_strtable_free(&tmptab); + return true; + +err: + // We need to free all defs from "tmptab." + upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); + for(upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_begin(&tmptab); e; + e = upb_strtable_next(&tmptab, &e->e)) + upb_def_unref(e->def); + upb_strtable_free(&tmptab); + return false; +} + + +/* upb_symtab *****************************************************************/ + +upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new() +{ + upb_symtab *s = malloc(sizeof(*s)); + upb_atomic_refcount_init(&s->refcount, 1); + upb_rwlock_init(&s->lock); + upb_strtable_init(&s->symtab, 16, sizeof(upb_symtab_ent)); + return s; +} + +static void upb_free_symtab(upb_strtable *t) +{ + upb_symtab_ent *e; + for(e = upb_strtable_begin(t); e; e = upb_strtable_next(t, &e->e)) + upb_def_unref(e->def); + upb_strtable_free(t); +} + +void _upb_symtab_free(upb_symtab *s) +{ + upb_free_symtab(&s->symtab); + upb_free_symtab(&s->psymtab); + upb_rwlock_destroy(&s->lock); + free(s); +} + +upb_def **upb_symtab_getdefs(upb_symtab *s, int *count, upb_def_type_t type) +{ + upb_rwlock_rdlock(&s->lock); + int total = upb_strtable_count(&s->symtab); + // We may only use part of this, depending on how many symbols are of the + // correct type. + upb_def **defs = malloc(sizeof(*defs) * total); + upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_begin(&s->symtab); + int i = 0; + for(; e; e = upb_strtable_next(&s->symtab, &e->e)) { + upb_def *def = e->def; + assert(def); + if(type == UPB_DEF_ANY || def->type == type) + defs[i++] = def; + } + upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); + *count = i; + for(i = 0; i < *count; i++) + upb_def_ref(defs[i]); + return defs; +} + +upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *sym) +{ + upb_rwlock_rdlock(&s->lock); + upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, sym); + upb_def *ret = NULL; + if(e) { + ret = e->def; + upb_def_ref(ret); + } + upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); + return ret; +} + + +upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *base, upb_string *symbol) { + upb_rwlock_rdlock(&s->lock); + upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_resolve(&s->symtab, base, symbol); + upb_def *ret = NULL; + if(e) { + ret = e->def; + upb_def_ref(ret); + } + upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); + return ret; +} + +void upb_symtab_addfds(upb_symtab *s, upb_src *src, upb_status *status) +{ + upb_deflist defs; + upb_deflist_init(&defs); + upb_fielddef *f; + while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { + switch(f->number) { + case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_FIELDNUM: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); + CHECK(upb_addfd(src, &defs, status)); + CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); + break; + default: + CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); + } + } + CHECKSRC(upb_src_eof(src)); + CHECK(upb_symtab_add_defs(s, &defs, false, status)); + upb_deflist_uninit(&defs); + return; + +src_err: + upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); +err: + upb_deflist_uninit(&defs); +} + + +/* upb_baredecoder ************************************************************/ + +// upb_baredecoder is a upb_src that can parse a subset of the protocol buffer +// binary format. It is only used for bootstrapping. It can parse without +// having a upb_msgdef, which is why it is useful for bootstrapping the first +// msgdef. On the downside, it does not support: +// +// * having its input span multiple upb_strings. +// * reading any field of the returned upb_fielddef's except f->number. +// * keeping a pointer to the upb_fielddef* and reading it later (the same +// upb_fielddef is reused over and over). +// * detecting errors in the input (we trust that our input is known-good). +// +// It also does not support any of the follow protobuf features: +// * packed fields. +// * groups. +// * zig-zag-encoded types like sint32 and sint64. +// +// If descriptor.proto ever changed to use any of these features, this decoder +// would need to be extended to support them. + +typedef struct { + upb_src src; + upb_string *input; + upb_strlen_t offset; + upb_fielddef field; + upb_wire_type_t wire_type; + upb_strlen_t delimited_len; + upb_strlen_t stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING], *top; + upb_string *str; +} upb_baredecoder; + +static uint64_t upb_baredecoder_readv64(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + const uint8_t *start = (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(d->input) + d->offset; + const uint8_t *buf = start; + uint8_t last = 0x80; + uint64_t val = 0; + for(int bitpos = 0; (last & 0x80); buf++, bitpos += 7) + val |= ((uint64_t)((last = *buf) & 0x7F)) << bitpos; + d->offset += buf - start; + return val; +} + +static uint32_t upb_baredecoder_readv32(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + return (uint32_t)upb_baredecoder_readv64(d); // Truncate. +} + +static uint64_t upb_baredecoder_readf64(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + uint64_t val; + memcpy(&val, upb_string_getrobuf(d->input) + d->offset, 8); + d->offset += 8; + return val; +} + +static uint32_t upb_baredecoder_readf32(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + uint32_t val; + memcpy(&val, upb_string_getrobuf(d->input) + d->offset, 4); + d->offset += 4; + return val; +} + +static upb_fielddef *upb_baredecoder_getdef(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + // Detect end-of-submessage. + if(d->offset >= *d->top) { + d->src.eof = true; + return NULL; + } + + uint32_t key; + key = upb_baredecoder_readv32(d); + d->wire_type = key & 0x7; + d->field.number = key >> 3; + if(d->wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) { + // For delimited wire values we parse the length now, since we need it in + // all cases. + d->delimited_len = upb_baredecoder_readv32(d); + } + return &d->field; +} + +static bool upb_baredecoder_getval(upb_baredecoder *d, upb_valueptr val) +{ + if(d->wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) { + d->str = upb_string_tryrecycle(d->str); + upb_string_substr(d->str, d->input, d->offset, d->delimited_len); + } else { + switch(d->wire_type) { + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT: + *val.uint64 = upb_baredecoder_readv64(d); + break; + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT_VARINT: + *val.uint32 = upb_baredecoder_readv32(d); + break; + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT: + *val.uint64 = upb_baredecoder_readf64(d); + break; + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT: + *val.uint32 = upb_baredecoder_readf32(d); + break; + default: + assert(false); + } + } + return true; +} + +static bool upb_baredecoder_skipval(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + upb_value val; + return upb_baredecoder_getval(d, upb_value_addrof(&val)); +} + +static bool upb_baredecoder_startmsg(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + *(d->top++) = d->offset + d->delimited_len; + return true; +} + +static bool upb_baredecoder_endmsg(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + d->offset = *(--d->top); + return true; +} + +static upb_src_vtable upb_baredecoder_src_vtbl = { + (upb_src_getdef_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_getdef, + (upb_src_getval_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_getval, + (upb_src_skipval_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_skipval, + (upb_src_startmsg_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_startmsg, + (upb_src_endmsg_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_endmsg, +}; + +static upb_baredecoder *upb_baredecoder_new(upb_string *str) +{ + upb_baredecoder *d = malloc(sizeof(*d)); + d->input = upb_string_getref(str); + d->str = upb_string_new(); + d->top = &d->stack[0]; + upb_src_init(&d->src, &upb_baredecoder_src_vtbl); + return d; +} + +static void upb_baredecoder_free(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + upb_string_unref(d->input); + upb_string_unref(d->str); + free(d); +} + +static upb_src *upb_baredecoder_src(upb_baredecoder *d) +{ + return &d->src; +} + +upb_symtab *upb_get_descriptor_symtab() +{ + // TODO: implement sharing of symtabs, so that successive calls to this + // function will return the same symtab. + upb_symtab *symtab = upb_symtab_new(); + // TODO: allow upb_strings to be static or on the stack. + upb_string *descriptor = upb_strduplen(descriptor_pb, descriptor_pb_len); + upb_baredecoder *decoder = upb_baredecoder_new(descriptor); + upb_status status; + upb_symtab_addfds(symtab, upb_baredecoder_src(decoder), &status); + assert(upb_ok(&status)); + upb_baredecoder_free(decoder); + upb_string_unref(descriptor); + return symtab; +} diff --git a/core/upb_def.h b/core/upb_def.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c297e83 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_def.h @@ -0,0 +1,302 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + * + * Provides definitions of .proto constructs: + * - upb_msgdef: describes a "message" construct. + * - upb_fielddef: describes a message field. + * - upb_enumdef: describes an enum. + * (TODO: definitions of extensions and services). + * + * Defs are obtained from a upb_symtab object. A upb_symtab is empty when + * constructed, and definitions can be added by supplying serialized + * descriptors. + * + * Defs are immutable and reference-counted. Symbol tables reference any defs + * that are the "current" definitions. If an extension is loaded that adds a + * field to an existing message, a new msgdef is constructed that includes the + * new field and the old msgdef is unref'd. The old msgdef will still be ref'd + * by messages (if any) that were constructed with that msgdef. + * + * This file contains routines for creating and manipulating the definitions + * themselves. To create and manipulate actual messages, see upb_msg.h. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_DEF_H_ +#define UPB_DEF_H_ + +#include "upb_atomic.h" +#include "upb_stream.h" +#include "upb_table.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* upb_def: base class for defs **********************************************/ + +// All the different kind of defs we support. These correspond 1:1 with +// declarations in a .proto file. +typedef enum { + UPB_DEF_MSG = 0, + UPB_DEF_ENUM, + UPB_DEF_SVC, + UPB_DEF_EXT, + // Internal-only, placeholder for a def that hasn't be resolved yet. + UPB_DEF_UNRESOLVED, + + // For specifying that defs of any type are requsted from getdefs. + UPB_DEF_ANY = -1 +} upb_def_type; + +// This typedef is more space-efficient than declaring an enum var directly. +typedef int8_t upb_def_type_t; + +typedef struct { + upb_string *fqname; // Fully qualified. + upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; + upb_def_type_t type; + + // The is_cyclic flag could go in upb_msgdef instead of here, because only + // messages can be involved in cycles. However, putting them here is free + // from a space perspective because structure alignment will otherwise leave + // three bytes empty after type. It is also makes ref and unref more + // efficient, because we don't have to downcast to msgdef before checking the + // is_cyclic flag. + bool is_cyclic; + uint16_t search_depth; // Used during initialization dfs. +} upb_def; + +// These must not be called directly! +void _upb_def_cyclic_ref(upb_def *def); +void _upb_def_reftozero(upb_def *def); + +// Call to ref/deref a def. +INLINE void upb_def_ref(upb_def *def) { + if(upb_atomic_ref(&def->refcount) && def->is_cyclic) _upb_def_cyclic_ref(def); +} +INLINE void upb_def_unref(upb_def *def) { + if(upb_atomic_unref(&def->refcount)) _upb_def_reftozero(def); +} + +/* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/ + +// A upb_fielddef describes a single field in a message. It isn't a full def +// in the sense that it derives from upb_def. It cannot stand on its own; it +// is either a field of a upb_msgdef or contained inside a upb_extensiondef. +// It is also reference-counted. +typedef struct _upb_fielddef { + upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; + upb_string *name; + upb_field_number_t number; + upb_field_type_t type; + upb_label_t label; + upb_value default_value; + + // For the case of an enum or a submessage, points to the def for that type. + upb_def *def; + + // True if we own a ref on "def" (above). This is true unless this edge is + // part of a cycle. + bool owned; + + // These are set only when this fielddef is part of a msgdef. + uint32_t byte_offset; // Where in a upb_msg to find the data. + upb_field_count_t field_index; // Indicates set bit. +} upb_fielddef; + +// A variety of tests about the type of a field. +INLINE bool upb_issubmsg(upb_fielddef *f) { + return upb_issubmsgtype(f->type); +} +INLINE bool upb_isstring(upb_fielddef *f) { + return upb_isstringtype(f->type); +} +INLINE bool upb_isarray(upb_fielddef *f) { + return f->label == UPB_LABEL(REPEATED); +} +// Does the type of this field imply that it should contain an associated def? +INLINE bool upb_hasdef(upb_fielddef *f) { + return upb_issubmsg(f) || f->type == UPB_TYPE(ENUM); +} + +INLINE bool upb_field_ismm(upb_fielddef *f) { + return upb_isarray(f) || upb_isstring(f) || upb_issubmsg(f); +} + +INLINE bool upb_elem_ismm(upb_fielddef *f) { + return upb_isstring(f) || upb_issubmsg(f); +} + +/* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/ + +// Structure that describes a single .proto message type. +typedef struct _upb_msgdef { + upb_def base; + upb_atomic_refcount_t cycle_refcount; + size_t size; + upb_field_count_t num_fields; + uint32_t set_flags_bytes; + uint32_t num_required_fields; // Required fields have the lowest set bytemasks. + upb_fielddef *fields; // We have exclusive ownership of these. + + // Tables for looking up fields by number and name. + upb_inttable itof; // int to field + upb_strtable ntof; // name to field +} upb_msgdef; + +// Hash table entries for looking up fields by name or number. +typedef struct { + upb_inttable_entry e; + upb_fielddef *f; +} upb_itof_ent; +typedef struct { + upb_strtable_entry e; + upb_fielddef *f; +} upb_ntof_ent; + +// Looks up a field by name or number. While these are written to be as fast +// as possible, it will still be faster to cache the results of this lookup if +// possible. These return NULL if no such field is found. +INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msg_itof(upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t num) { + upb_itof_ent *e = + (upb_itof_ent*)upb_inttable_fastlookup(&m->itof, num, sizeof(*e)); + return e ? e->f : NULL; +} + +INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msg_ntof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_string *name) { + upb_ntof_ent *e = (upb_ntof_ent*)upb_strtable_lookup(&m->ntof, name); + return e ? e->f : NULL; +} + +/* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/ + +typedef struct _upb_enumdef { + upb_def base; + upb_strtable ntoi; + upb_inttable iton; +} upb_enumdef; + +typedef int32_t upb_enumval_t; + +// Lookups from name to integer and vice-versa. +bool upb_enumdef_ntoi(upb_enumdef *e, upb_string *name, upb_enumval_t *num); +upb_string *upb_enumdef_iton(upb_enumdef *e, upb_enumval_t num); + +// Iteration over name/value pairs. The order is undefined. +// upb_enum_iter i; +// for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) { +// // ... +// } +typedef struct { + upb_enumdef *e; + void *state; // Internal iteration state. + upb_string *name; + upb_enumval_t val; +} upb_enum_iter; +void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, upb_enumdef *e); +void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter); +bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter); + +/* upb_symtab *****************************************************************/ + +// A SymbolTable is where upb_defs live. It is empty when first constructed. +// Clients add definitions to the symtab by supplying unserialized or +// serialized descriptors (as defined in descriptor.proto). +typedef struct { + upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; + upb_rwlock_t lock; // Protects all members except the refcount. + upb_msgdef *fds_msgdef; // In psymtab, ptr here for convenience. + + // Our symbol tables; we own refs to the defs therein. + upb_strtable symtab; // The main symbol table. + upb_strtable psymtab; // Private symbols, for internal use. +} upb_symtab; + +// Initializes a upb_symtab. Contexts are not freed explicitly, but unref'd +// when the caller is done with them. +upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(void); +void _upb_symtab_free(upb_symtab *s); // Must not be called directly! + +INLINE void upb_symtab_ref(upb_symtab *s) { upb_atomic_ref(&s->refcount); } +INLINE void upb_symtab_unref(upb_symtab *s) { + if(upb_atomic_unref(&s->refcount)) _upb_symtab_free(s); +} + +// Resolves the given symbol using the rules described in descriptor.proto, +// namely: +// +// If the name starts with a '.', it is fully-qualified. Otherwise, C++-like +// scoping rules are used to find the type (i.e. first the nested types +// within this message are searched, then within the parent, on up to the +// root namespace). +// +// If a def is found, the caller owns one ref on the returned def. Otherwise +// returns NULL. +upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *base, upb_string *sym); + +// Find an entry in the symbol table with this exact name. If a def is found, +// the caller owns one ref on the returned def. Otherwise returns NULL. +upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *sym); + +// Gets an array of pointers to all currently active defs in this symtab. The +// caller owns the returned array (which is of length *count) as well as a ref +// to each symbol inside. If type is UPB_DEF_ANY then defs of all types are +// returned, otherwise only defs of the required type are returned. +upb_def **upb_symtab_getdefs(upb_symtab *s, int *count, upb_def_type_t type); + +// "fds" is a upb_src that will yield data from the +// google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet message type. upb_symtab_addfds() adds +// all the definitions from the given FileDescriptorSet and adds them to the +// symtab. status indicates whether the operation was successful or not, and +// the error message (if any). +// +// TODO: should this allow redefinition? Either is possible, but which is +// more useful? Maybe it should be an option. +void upb_symtab_addfds(upb_symtab *s, upb_src *desc, upb_status *status); + +// Returns a symtab that defines google.protobuf.DescriptorProto and all other +// types that are defined in descriptor.proto. This allows you to load other +// proto types. The caller owns a ref on the returned symtab. +upb_symtab *upb_get_descriptor_symtab(); + + +/* upb_def casts **************************************************************/ + +// Dynamic casts, for determining if a def is of a particular type at runtime. +#define UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(lower, upper) \ + struct _upb_ ## lower; /* Forward-declare. */ \ + INLINE struct _upb_ ## lower *upb_dyncast_ ## lower(upb_def *def) { \ + if(def->type != UPB_DEF_ ## upper) return NULL; \ + return (struct _upb_ ## lower*)def; \ + } +UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(msgdef, MSG); +UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(enumdef, ENUM); +UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(svcdef, SVC); +UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(extdef, EXT); +UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(unresolveddef, UNRESOLVED); +#undef UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF + +// Downcasts, for when some wants to assert that a def is of a particular type. +// These are only checked if we are building debug. +#define UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(lower, upper) \ + struct _upb_ ## lower; /* Forward-declare. */ \ + INLINE struct _upb_ ## lower *upb_downcast_ ## lower(upb_def *def) { \ + assert(def->type == UPB_DEF_ ## upper); \ + return (struct _upb_ ## lower*)def; \ + } +UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(msgdef, MSG); +UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(enumdef, ENUM); +UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(svcdef, SVC); +UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(extdef, EXT); +UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(unresolveddef, UNRESOLVED); +#undef UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF + +#define UPB_UPCAST(ptr) (&(ptr)->base) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* UPB_DEF_H_ */ diff --git a/core/upb_stream.h b/core/upb_stream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7b4074 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_stream.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * This file defines four general-purpose streaming interfaces for protobuf + * data or bytes: + * + * - upb_src: pull interface for protobuf data. + * - upb_sink: push interface for protobuf data. + * - upb_bytesrc: pull interface for bytes. + * - upb_bytesink: push interface for bytes. + * + * These interfaces are used as general-purpose glue in upb. For example, the + * decoder interface works by implementing a upb_src and calling a upb_bytesrc. + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + * + */ + +#ifndef UPB_SRCSINK_H +#define UPB_SRCSINK_H + +#include "upb_stream_vtbl.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Forward-declare. We can't include upb_def.h; it would be circular. +struct _upb_fielddef; + +// Note! The "eof" flags work like feof() in C; they cannot report end-of-file +// until a read has failed due to eof. They cannot preemptively tell you that +// the next call will fail due to eof. Since these are the semantics that C +// and UNIX provide, we're stuck with them if we want to support eg. stdio. + +/* upb_src ********************************************************************/ + +// TODO: decide how to handle unknown fields. + +// Retrieves the fielddef for the next field in the stream. Returns NULL on +// error or end-of-stream. +struct _upb_fielddef *upb_src_getdef(upb_src *src); + +// Retrieves and stores the next value in "val". For string types "val" must +// be a newly-recycled string. Returns false on error. +bool upb_src_getval(upb_src *src, upb_valueptr val); +bool upb_src_getstr(upb_src *src, upb_string *val); + +// Like upb_src_getval() but skips the value. +bool upb_src_skipval(upb_src *src); + +// Descends into a submessage. May only be called after a def has been +// returned that indicates a submessage. +bool upb_src_startmsg(upb_src *src); + +// Stops reading a submessage. May be called before the stream is EOF, in +// which case the rest of the submessage is skipped. +bool upb_src_endmsg(upb_src *src); + +// Returns the current error/eof status for the stream. +INLINE upb_status *upb_src_status(upb_src *src) { return &src->status; } +INLINE bool upb_src_eof(upb_src *src) { return src->eof; } + +// The following functions are equivalent to upb_src_getval(), but take +// pointers to specific types. In debug mode this may check that the type +// is compatible with the type being read. This check will *not* be performed +// in non-debug mode, and if you get the type wrong the behavior is undefined. +bool upb_src_getbool(upb_src *src, bool *val); +bool upb_src_getint32(upb_src *src, int32_t *val); +bool upb_src_getint64(upb_src *src, int64_t *val); +bool upb_src_getuint32(upb_src *src, uint32_t *val); +bool upb_src_getuint64(upb_src *src, uint64_t *val); +bool upb_src_getfloat(upb_src *src, float *val); +bool upb_src_getdouble(upb_src *src, double *val); + +/* upb_sink *******************************************************************/ + +// Puts the given fielddef into the stream. +bool upb_sink_putdef(upb_sink *sink, struct _upb_fielddef *def); + +// Puts the given value into the stream. +bool upb_sink_putval(upb_sink *sink, upb_value val); + +// Starts a submessage. (needed? the def tells us we're starting a submsg.) +bool upb_sink_startmsg(upb_sink *sink); + +// Ends a submessage. +bool upb_sink_endmsg(upb_sink *sink); + +// Returns the current error status for the stream. +upb_status *upb_sink_status(upb_sink *sink); + +/* upb_bytesrc ****************************************************************/ + +// Returns the next string in the stream. false is returned on error or eof. +// The string must be at least "minlen" bytes long unless the stream is eof. +bool upb_bytesrc_get(upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t minlen); + +// Appends the next "len" bytes in the stream in-place to "str". This should +// be used when the caller needs to build a contiguous string of the existing +// data in "str" with more data. +bool upb_bytesrc_append(upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len); + +// Returns the current error status for the stream. +INLINE upb_status *upb_bytesrc_status(upb_bytesrc *src) { return &src->status; } +INLINE bool upb_bytesrc_eof(upb_bytesrc *src) { return src->eof; } + +/* upb_bytesink ***************************************************************/ + +// Puts the given string. Returns the number of bytes that were actually, +// consumed, which may be fewer than were in the string, or <0 on error. +int32_t upb_bytesink_put(upb_bytesink *sink, upb_string *str); + +// Returns the current error status for the stream. +upb_status *upb_bytesink_status(upb_bytesink *sink); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/core/upb_stream_vtbl.h b/core/upb_stream_vtbl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ec45d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_stream_vtbl.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * vtable declarations for types that are implementing any of the src or sink + * interfaces. Only components that are implementing these interfaces need + * to worry about this file. + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_SRCSINK_VTBL_H_ +#define UPB_SRCSINK_VTBL_H_ + +#include "upb.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct upb_src; +typedef struct upb_src upb_src; +struct upb_sink; +typedef struct upb_sink upb_sink; +struct upb_bytesrc; +typedef struct upb_bytesrc upb_bytesrc; +struct upb_bytesink; +typedef struct upb_bytesink upb_bytesink; + +// Typedefs for function pointers to all of the virtual functions. +typedef struct _upb_fielddef (*upb_src_getdef_fptr)(upb_src *src); +typedef bool (*upb_src_getval_fptr)(upb_src *src, upb_valueptr val); +typedef bool (*upb_src_skipval_fptr)(upb_src *src); +typedef bool (*upb_src_startmsg_fptr)(upb_src *src); +typedef bool (*upb_src_endmsg_fptr)(upb_src *src); + +typedef bool (*upb_sink_putdef_fptr)(upb_sink *sink, struct _upb_fielddef *def); +typedef bool (*upb_sink_putval_fptr)(upb_sink *sink, upb_value val); +typedef bool (*upb_sink_startmsg_fptr)(upb_sink *sink); +typedef bool (*upb_sink_endmsg_fptr)(upb_sink *sink); + +typedef upb_string *(*upb_bytesrc_get_fptr)(upb_bytesrc *src); +typedef void (*upb_bytesrc_recycle_fptr)(upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str); +typedef bool (*upb_bytesrc_append_fptr)( + upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len); + +typedef int32_t (*upb_bytesink_put_fptr)(upb_bytesink *sink, upb_string *str); + +// Vtables for the above interfaces. +typedef struct { + upb_src_getdef_fptr getdef; + upb_src_getval_fptr getval; + upb_src_skipval_fptr skipval; + upb_src_startmsg_fptr startmsg; + upb_src_endmsg_fptr endmsg; +} upb_src_vtable; + +typedef struct { + upb_bytesrc_get_fptr get; + upb_bytesrc_append_fptr append; + upb_bytesrc_recycle_fptr recycle; +} upb_bytesrc_vtable; + +// "Base Class" definitions; components that implement these interfaces should +// contain one of these structures. + +struct upb_src { + upb_src_vtable *vtbl; + upb_status status; + bool eof; +#ifndef NDEBUG + int state; // For debug-mode checking of API usage. +#endif +}; + +struct upb_bytesrc { + upb_bytesrc_vtable *vtbl; + upb_status status; + bool eof; +}; + +INLINE void upb_src_init(upb_src *s, upb_src_vtable *vtbl) { + s->vtbl = vtbl; + s->eof = false; +#ifndef DEBUG + // TODO: initialize debug-mode checking. +#endif +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/core/upb_string.c b/core/upb_string.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91ab9ae --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_string.c @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include "upb_string.h" + +#include + +#define UPB_STRING_UNFINALIZED -1 + +static uint32_t upb_round_up_pow2(uint32_t v) { + // http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html#RoundUpPowerOf2 + v--; + v |= v >> 1; + v |= v >> 2; + v |= v >> 4; + v |= v >> 8; + v |= v >> 16; + v++; + return v; +} + +upb_string *upb_string_new() { + upb_string *str = malloc(sizeof(*str)); + str->ptr = NULL; + str->size = 0; + str->len = UPB_STRING_UNFINALIZED; + upb_atomic_refcount_init(&str->refcount, 1); + return str; +} + +void _upb_string_free(upb_string *str) { + if(str->ptr) free(str->ptr); + free(str); +} + +char *upb_string_getrwbuf(upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len) { + assert(str->len == UPB_STRING_UNFINALIZED); + if (str->size < len) { + str->size = upb_round_up_pow2(len); + str->ptr = realloc(str->ptr, str->size); + } + str->len = len; + return str->ptr; +} diff --git a/core/upb_string.h b/core/upb_string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..770dba7 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_string.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + * + * This file defines a simple string type. The overriding goal of upb_string + * is to avoid memcpy(), malloc(), and free() wheverever possible, while + * keeping both CPU and memory overhead low. Throughout upb there are + * situations where one wants to reference all or part of another string + * without copying. upb_string provides APIs for doing this. + * + * Characteristics of upb_string: + * - strings are reference-counted. + * - strings are logically immutable. + * - if a string has no other referents, it can be "recycled" into a new string + * without having to reallocate the upb_string. + * - strings can be substrings of other strings (owning a ref on the source + * string). + * - strings can refer to memory that they do not own, in which case we avoid + * copies if possible (the exact strategy for doing this can vary). + * - strings are not thread-safe by default, but can be made so by calling a + * function. This is not the default because it causes extra CPU overhead. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_STRING_H +#define UPB_STRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "upb_atomic.h" +#include "upb.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// All members of this struct are private, and may only be read/written through +// the associated functions. Also, strings may *only* be allocated on the heap. +struct _upb_string { + char *ptr; + int32_t len; + uint32_t size; + upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; + union { + // Used if this is a slice of another string. + struct _upb_string *src; + // Used if this string is referencing external unowned memory. + upb_atomic_refcount_t reader_count; + } extra; +}; + +// Returns a newly-created, empty, non-finalized string. When the string is no +// longer needed, it should be unref'd, never freed directly. +upb_string *upb_string_new(); + +void _upb_string_free(upb_string *str); + +// Releases a ref on the given string, which may free the memory. "str" +// can be NULL, in which case this is a no-op. +INLINE void upb_string_unref(upb_string *str) { + if (str && upb_atomic_unref(&str->refcount)) _upb_string_free(str); +} + +// Returns a string with the same contents as "str". The caller owns a ref on +// the returned string, which may or may not be the same object as "str. +INLINE upb_string *upb_string_getref(upb_string *str) { + // If/when we support stack-allocated strings, this will have to allocate + // a new string if the given string is on the stack. + upb_atomic_ref(&str->refcount); + return str; +} + +// Returns the length of the string. +INLINE upb_strlen_t upb_string_len(upb_string *str) { return str->len; } + +// Use to read the bytes of the string. The caller *must* call +// upb_string_endread() after the data has been read. The window between +// upb_string_getrobuf() and upb_string_endread() should be kept as short as +// possible, because any pending upb_string_detach() may be blocked until +// upb_string_endread is called(). No other functions may be called on the +// string during this window except upb_string_len(). +INLINE const char *upb_string_getrobuf(upb_string *str) { return str->ptr; } +INLINE void upb_string_endread(upb_string *str) { (void)str; } + +// Attempts to recycle the string "str" so it may be reused and have different +// data written to it. The returned string is either "str" if it could be +// recycled or a newly created string if "str" has other references. +// +// As a special case, passing NULL will allocate a new string. This is +// convenient for the pattern: +// +// upb_string *str = NULL; +// while (x) { +// if (y) { +// str = upb_string_tryrecycle(str); +// upb_src_getstr(str); +// } +// } +upb_string *upb_string_tryrecycle(upb_string *str); + +// The three options for setting the contents of a string. These may only be +// called when a string is first created or recycled; once other functions have +// been called on the string, these functions are not allowed until the string +// is recycled. + +// Gets a pointer suitable for writing to the string, which is guaranteed to +// have at least "len" bytes of data available. The size of the string will +// become "len". +char *upb_string_getrwbuf(upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len); + +// Sets the contents of "str" to be the given substring of "target_str", to +// which the caller must own a ref. +void upb_string_substr(upb_string *str, upb_string *target_str, + upb_strlen_t start, upb_strlen_t len); + +// Makes the string "str" a reference to the given string data. The caller +// guarantees that the given string data will not change or be deleted until +// a matching call to upb_string_detach(). +void upb_string_attach(upb_string *str, char *ptr, upb_strlen_t len); +void upb_string_detach(upb_string *str); + +// Allows using upb_strings in printf, ie: +// upb_strptr str = UPB_STRLIT("Hello, World!\n"); +// printf("String is: " UPB_STRFMT, UPB_STRARG(str)); */ +#define UPB_STRARG(str) upb_string_len(str), upb_string_getrobuf(str) +#define UPB_STRFMT "%.*s" + +/* upb_string library functions ***********************************************/ + +// Named like their counterparts, these are all safe against buffer +// overflow. These only use the public upb_string interface. + +// More efficient than upb_strcmp if all you need is to test equality. +INLINE bool upb_streql(upb_string *s1, upb_string *s2) { + upb_strlen_t len = upb_string_len(s1); + if(len != upb_string_len(s2)) { + return false; + } else { + bool ret = + memcmp(upb_string_getrobuf(s1), upb_string_getrobuf(s2), len) == 0; + upb_string_endread(s1); + upb_string_endread(s2); + return ret; + } +} + +// Like strcmp(). +int upb_strcmp(upb_string *s1, upb_string *s2); + +// Like upb_strcpy, but copies from a buffer and length. +INLINE void upb_strcpylen(upb_string *dest, const void *src, upb_strlen_t len) { + memcpy(upb_string_getrwbuf(dest, len), src, len); +} + +// Replaces the contents of "dest" with the contents of "src". +INLINE void upb_strcpy(upb_string *dest, upb_string *src) { + upb_strcpylen(dest, upb_string_getrobuf(src), upb_string_len(src)); + upb_string_endread(src); +} + +// Like upb_strcpy, but copies from a NULL-terminated string. +INLINE void upb_strcpyc(upb_string *dest, const char *src) { + // This does two passes over src, but that is necessary unless we want to + // repeatedly re-allocate dst, which seems worse. + upb_strcpylen(dest, src, strlen(src)); +} + +// Returns a new string whose contents are a copy of s. +upb_string *upb_strdup(upb_string *s); + +// Like upb_strdup(), but duplicates a given buffer and length. +INLINE upb_string *upb_strduplen(const void *src, upb_strlen_t len) { + upb_string *s = upb_string_new(); + upb_strcpylen(s, src, len); + return s; +} + +// Like upb_strdup(), but duplicates a C NULL-terminated string. +upb_string *upb_strdupc(const char *src); + +// Appends 'append' to 's' in-place, resizing s if necessary. +void upb_strcat(upb_string *s, upb_string *append); + +// Returns a new string that is a substring of the given string. +upb_string *upb_strslice(upb_string *s, int offset, int len); + +// Reads an entire file into a newly-allocated string. +upb_string *upb_strreadfile(const char *filename); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/core/upb_table.c b/core/upb_table.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b91776c --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_table.c @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include "upb_table.h" +#include "upb_string.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +static const upb_inttable_key_t EMPTYENT = 0; +static const double MAX_LOAD = 0.85; + +static uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed); + +/* We use 1-based indexes into the table so that 0 can be "NULL". */ +static upb_inttable_entry *intent(upb_inttable *t, int32_t i) { + return UPB_INDEX(t->t.entries, i-1, t->t.entry_size); +} +static upb_strtable_entry *strent(upb_strtable *t, int32_t i) { + return UPB_INDEX(t->t.entries, i-1, t->t.entry_size); +} + +void upb_table_init(upb_table *t, uint32_t size, uint16_t entry_size) +{ + t->count = 0; + t->entry_size = entry_size; + t->size_lg2 = 1; + while(size >>= 1) t->size_lg2++; + size_t bytes = upb_table_size(t) * t->entry_size; + t->mask = upb_table_size(t) - 1; + t->entries = malloc(bytes); + memset(t->entries, 0, bytes); /* Both tables consider 0's an empty entry. */ +} + +void upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *t, uint32_t size, uint16_t entsize) +{ + upb_table_init(&t->t, size, entsize); +} + +void upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *t, uint32_t size, uint16_t entsize) +{ + upb_table_init(&t->t, size, entsize); +} + +void upb_table_free(upb_table *t) { free(t->entries); } +void upb_inttable_free(upb_inttable *t) { upb_table_free(&t->t); } +void upb_strtable_free(upb_strtable *t) { + // Free refs from the strtable. + upb_strtable_entry *e = upb_strtable_begin(t); + for(; e; e = upb_strtable_next(t, e)) { + upb_string_unref(e->key); + } + upb_table_free(&t->t); +} + +static uint32_t strtable_bucket(upb_strtable *t, upb_string *key) +{ + uint32_t hash = MurmurHash2(upb_string_getrobuf(key), upb_string_len(key), 0); + return (hash & (upb_strtable_size(t)-1)) + 1; +} + +void *upb_strtable_lookup(upb_strtable *t, upb_string *key) +{ + uint32_t bucket = strtable_bucket(t, key); + upb_strtable_entry *e; + do { + e = strent(t, bucket); + if(e->key && upb_streql(e->key, key)) return e; + } while((bucket = e->next) != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); + return NULL; +} + +static uint32_t empty_intbucket(upb_inttable *table) +{ + /* TODO: does it matter that this is biased towards the front of the table? */ + for(uint32_t i = 1; i <= upb_inttable_size(table); i++) { + upb_inttable_entry *e = intent(table, i); + if(e->key == EMPTYENT) return i; + } + assert(false); + return 0; +} + +/* The insert routines have a lot more code duplication between int/string + * variants than I would like, but there's just a bit too much that varies to + * parameterize them. */ +static void intinsert(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *e) +{ + assert(upb_inttable_lookup(t, e->key) == NULL); + t->t.count++; + uint32_t bucket = upb_inttable_bucket(t, e->key); + upb_inttable_entry *table_e = intent(t, bucket); + if(table_e->key != EMPTYENT) { /* Collision. */ + if(bucket == upb_inttable_bucket(t, table_e->key)) { + /* Existing element is in its main posisiton. Find an empty slot to + * place our new element and append it to this key's chain. */ + uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_intbucket(t); + while (table_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN) + table_e = intent(t, table_e->next); + table_e->next = empty_bucket; + table_e = intent(t, empty_bucket); + } else { + /* Existing element is not in its main position. Move it to an empty + * slot and put our element in its main position. */ + uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_intbucket(t); + uint32_t evictee_bucket = upb_inttable_bucket(t, table_e->key); + memcpy(intent(t, empty_bucket), table_e, t->t.entry_size); /* copies next */ + upb_inttable_entry *evictee_e = intent(t, evictee_bucket); + while(1) { + assert(evictee_e->key != UPB_EMPTY_ENTRY); + assert(evictee_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); + if(evictee_e->next == bucket) { + evictee_e->next = empty_bucket; + break; + } + evictee_e = intent(t, evictee_e->next); + } + /* table_e remains set to our mainpos. */ + } + } + memcpy(table_e, e, t->t.entry_size); + table_e->next = UPB_END_OF_CHAIN; + assert(upb_inttable_lookup(t, e->key) == table_e); +} + +void upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *e) +{ + assert(e->key != 0); + if((double)(t->t.count + 1) / upb_inttable_size(t) > MAX_LOAD) { + /* Need to resize. New table of double the size, add old elements to it. */ + upb_inttable new_table; + upb_inttable_init(&new_table, upb_inttable_size(t)*2, t->t.entry_size); + new_table.t.count = t->t.count; + upb_inttable_entry *old_e; + for(old_e = upb_inttable_begin(t); old_e; old_e = upb_inttable_next(t, old_e)) + intinsert(&new_table, old_e); + upb_inttable_free(t); + *t = new_table; + } + intinsert(t, e); +} + +static uint32_t empty_strbucket(upb_strtable *table) +{ + /* TODO: does it matter that this is biased towards the front of the table? */ + for(uint32_t i = 1; i <= upb_strtable_size(table); i++) { + upb_strtable_entry *e = strent(table, i); + if(!e->key) return i; + } + assert(false); + return 0; +} + +static void strinsert(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *e) +{ + assert(upb_strtable_lookup(t, e->key) == NULL); + e->key = upb_string_getref(e->key); + t->t.count++; + uint32_t bucket = strtable_bucket(t, e->key); + upb_strtable_entry *table_e = strent(t, bucket); + if(table_e->key) { /* Collision. */ + if(bucket == strtable_bucket(t, table_e->key)) { + /* Existing element is in its main posisiton. Find an empty slot to + * place our new element and append it to this key's chain. */ + uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_strbucket(t); + while (table_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN) + table_e = strent(t, table_e->next); + table_e->next = empty_bucket; + table_e = strent(t, empty_bucket); + } else { + /* Existing element is not in its main position. Move it to an empty + * slot and put our element in its main position. */ + uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_strbucket(t); + uint32_t evictee_bucket = strtable_bucket(t, table_e->key); + memcpy(strent(t, empty_bucket), table_e, t->t.entry_size); /* copies next */ + upb_strtable_entry *evictee_e = strent(t, evictee_bucket); + while(1) { + assert(!upb_string_isnull(evictee_e->key)); + assert(evictee_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); + if(evictee_e->next == bucket) { + evictee_e->next = empty_bucket; + break; + } + evictee_e = strent(t, evictee_e->next); + } + /* table_e remains set to our mainpos. */ + } + } + memcpy(table_e, e, t->t.entry_size); + table_e->next = UPB_END_OF_CHAIN; + assert(upb_strtable_lookup(t, e->key) == table_e); +} + +void upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *e) +{ + if((double)(t->t.count + 1) / upb_strtable_size(t) > MAX_LOAD) { + /* Need to resize. New table of double the size, add old elements to it. */ + upb_strtable new_table; + upb_strtable_init(&new_table, upb_strtable_size(t)*2, t->t.entry_size); + upb_strtable_entry *old_e; + for(old_e = upb_strtable_begin(t); old_e; old_e = upb_strtable_next(t, old_e)) + strinsert(&new_table, old_e); + upb_strtable_free(t); + *t = new_table; + } + strinsert(t, e); +} + +void *upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable *t) { + return upb_inttable_next(t, intent(t, 0)); +} + +void *upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *cur) { + upb_inttable_entry *end = intent(t, upb_inttable_size(t)+1); + do { + cur = (void*)((char*)cur + t->t.entry_size); + if(cur == end) return NULL; + } while(cur->key == UPB_EMPTY_ENTRY); + return cur; +} + +void *upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable *t) { + return upb_strtable_next(t, strent(t, 0)); +} + +void *upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *cur) { + upb_strtable_entry *end = strent(t, upb_strtable_size(t)+1); + do { + cur = (void*)((char*)cur + t->t.entry_size); + if(cur == end) return NULL; + } while(cur->key == NULL); + return cur; +} + +#ifdef UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// MurmurHash2, by Austin Appleby (released as public domain). +// Reformatted and C99-ified by Joshua Haberman. +// Note - This code makes a few assumptions about how your machine behaves - +// 1. We can read a 4-byte value from any address without crashing +// 2. sizeof(int) == 4 (in upb this limitation is removed by using uint32_t +// And it has a few limitations - +// 1. It will not work incrementally. +// 2. It will not produce the same results on little-endian and big-endian +// machines. +static uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) +{ + // 'm' and 'r' are mixing constants generated offline. + // They're not really 'magic', they just happen to work well. + const uint32_t m = 0x5bd1e995; + const int32_t r = 24; + + // Initialize the hash to a 'random' value + uint32_t h = seed ^ len; + + // Mix 4 bytes at a time into the hash + const uint8_t * data = (const uint8_t *)key; + while(len >= 4) { + uint32_t k = *(uint32_t *)data; + + k *= m; + k ^= k >> r; + k *= m; + + h *= m; + h ^= k; + + data += 4; + len -= 4; + } + + // Handle the last few bytes of the input array + switch(len) { + case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16; + case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8; + case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m; + }; + + // Do a few final mixes of the hash to ensure the last few + // bytes are well-incorporated. + h ^= h >> 13; + h *= m; + h ^= h >> 15; + + return h; +} + +#else // !UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// MurmurHashAligned2, by Austin Appleby +// Same algorithm as MurmurHash2, but only does aligned reads - should be safer +// on certain platforms. +// Performance will be lower than MurmurHash2 + +#define MIX(h,k,m) { k *= m; k ^= k >> r; k *= m; h *= m; h ^= k; } + +static uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) +{ + const uint32_t m = 0x5bd1e995; + const int32_t r = 24; + const uint8_t * data = (const uint8_t *)key; + uint32_t h = seed ^ len; + uint8_t align = (uintptr_t)data & 3; + + if(align && (len >= 4)) { + // Pre-load the temp registers + uint32_t t = 0, d = 0; + + switch(align) { + case 1: t |= data[2] << 16; + case 2: t |= data[1] << 8; + case 3: t |= data[0]; + } + + t <<= (8 * align); + + data += 4-align; + len -= 4-align; + + int32_t sl = 8 * (4-align); + int32_t sr = 8 * align; + + // Mix + + while(len >= 4) { + d = *(uint32_t *)data; + t = (t >> sr) | (d << sl); + + uint32_t k = t; + + MIX(h,k,m); + + t = d; + + data += 4; + len -= 4; + } + + // Handle leftover data in temp registers + + d = 0; + + if(len >= align) { + switch(align) { + case 3: d |= data[2] << 16; + case 2: d |= data[1] << 8; + case 1: d |= data[0]; + } + + uint32_t k = (t >> sr) | (d << sl); + MIX(h,k,m); + + data += align; + len -= align; + + //---------- + // Handle tail bytes + + switch(len) { + case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16; + case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8; + case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m; + }; + } else { + switch(len) { + case 3: d |= data[2] << 16; + case 2: d |= data[1] << 8; + case 1: d |= data[0]; + case 0: h ^= (t >> sr) | (d << sl); h *= m; + } + } + + h ^= h >> 13; + h *= m; + h ^= h >> 15; + + return h; + } else { + while(len >= 4) { + uint32_t k = *(uint32_t *)data; + + MIX(h,k,m); + + data += 4; + len -= 4; + } + + //---------- + // Handle tail bytes + + switch(len) { + case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16; + case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8; + case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m; + }; + + h ^= h >> 13; + h *= m; + h ^= h >> 15; + + return h; + } +} +#undef MIX + +#endif // UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK diff --git a/core/upb_table.h b/core/upb_table.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20dae92 --- /dev/null +++ b/core/upb_table.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + * + * This file defines very fast int->struct (inttable) and string->struct + * (strtable) hash tables. The struct can be of any size, and it is stored + * in the table itself, for cache-friendly performance. + * + * The table uses internal chaining with Brent's variation (inspired by the + * Lua implementation of hash tables). The hash function for strings is + * Austin Appleby's "MurmurHash." + */ + +#ifndef UPB_TABLE_H_ +#define UPB_TABLE_H_ + +#include +#include "upb.h" +#include "upb_string.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Note: the key cannot be zero! Zero is used by the implementation. */ +typedef uint32_t upb_inttable_key_t; + +#define UPB_END_OF_CHAIN (uint32_t)0 +#define UPB_EMPTY_ENTRY (uint32_t)0 + +typedef struct { + upb_inttable_key_t key; + uint32_t next; /* Internal chaining. */ +} upb_inttable_entry; + +// TODO: consider storing the hash in the entry. This would avoid the need to +// rehash on table resizes, but more importantly could possibly improve lookup +// performance by letting us compare hashes before comparing lengths or the +// strings themselves. +typedef struct { + upb_string *key; // We own a ref. + uint32_t next; // Internal chaining. +} upb_strtable_entry; + +typedef struct { + void *entries; + uint32_t count; /* How many elements are currently in the table? */ + uint16_t entry_size; /* How big is each entry? */ + uint8_t size_lg2; /* The table is 2^size_lg2 in size. */ + uint32_t mask; +} upb_table; + +typedef struct { + upb_table t; +} upb_strtable; + +typedef struct { + upb_table t; +} upb_inttable; + +/* Initialize and free a table, respectively. Specify the initial size + * with 'size' (the size will be increased as necessary). Entry size + * specifies how many bytes each entry in the table is. */ +void upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *table, uint32_t size, uint16_t entry_size); +void upb_inttable_free(upb_inttable *table); +void upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *table, uint32_t size, uint16_t entry_size); +void upb_strtable_free(upb_strtable *table); + +INLINE uint32_t upb_table_size(upb_table *t) { return 1 << t->size_lg2; } +INLINE uint32_t upb_inttable_size(upb_inttable *t) { + return upb_table_size(&t->t); +} +INLINE uint32_t upb_strtable_size(upb_strtable *t) { + return upb_table_size(&t->t); +} + +INLINE uint32_t upb_table_count(upb_table *t) { return t->count; } +INLINE uint32_t upb_inttable_count(upb_inttable *t) { + return upb_table_count(&t->t); +} +INLINE uint32_t upb_strtable_count(upb_strtable *t) { + return upb_table_count(&t->t); +} + +/* Inserts the given key into the hashtable with the given value. The key must + * not already exist in the hash table. The data will be copied from e into + * the hashtable (the amount of data copied comes from entry_size when the + * table was constructed). Therefore the data at val may be freed once the + * call returns. */ +void upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *e); +void upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *e); + +INLINE uint32_t upb_inttable_bucket(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_key_t k) { + return (k & t->t.mask) + 1; /* Identity hash for ints. */ +} + +/* Looks up key in this table. Inlined because this is in the critical path of + * decoding. We have the caller specify the entry_size because fixing this as + * a literal (instead of reading table->entry_size) gives the compiler more + * ability to optimize. */ +INLINE void *upb_inttable_fastlookup(upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key, + uint32_t entry_size) { + assert(key != 0); + uint32_t bucket = upb_inttable_bucket(t, key); + upb_inttable_entry *e; + do { + e = (upb_inttable_entry*)UPB_INDEX(t->t.entries, bucket-1, entry_size); + if(e->key == key) return e; + } while((bucket = e->next) != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); + return NULL; /* Not found. */ +} + +INLINE void *upb_inttable_lookup(upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key) { + return upb_inttable_fastlookup(t, key, t->t.entry_size); +} + +void *upb_strtable_lookup(upb_strtable *t, upb_string *key); + +/* Provides iteration over the table. The order in which the entries are + * returned is undefined. Insertions invalidate iterators. The _next + * functions return NULL when the end has been reached. */ +void *upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable *t); +void *upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *cur); + +void *upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable *t); +void *upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *cur); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* UPB_TABLE_H_ */ diff --git a/gen-deps.sh b/gen-deps.sh index 6c0ced3..2bc82f8 100755 --- a/gen-deps.sh +++ b/gen-deps.sh @@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ set -e rm -f deps for file in $@; do - gcc -MM $file -MT ${file%.*}.o -DUPB_THREAD_UNSAFE -Idescriptor -Isrc -I. >> deps + gcc -MM $file -MT ${file%.*}.o -DUPB_THREAD_UNSAFE -Idescriptor -Icore -Istream -I. >> deps done diff --git a/src/upb.c b/src/upb.c deleted file mode 100644 index a98512d..0000000 --- a/src/upb.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - * - */ - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "upb.h" -#include "upb_string.h" - -#define alignof(t) offsetof(struct { char c; t x; }, x) -#define TYPE_INFO(wire_type, ctype, allows_delimited) \ - {alignof(ctype), sizeof(ctype), wire_type, \ - (1 << wire_type) | (allows_delimited << UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED), \ - #ctype}, - -upb_type_info upb_types[] = { - {0, 0, 0, 0, ""}, // There is no type 0. - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, double, 1) // DOUBLE - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, float, 1) // FLOAT - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int64_t, 1) // INT64 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, uint64_t, 1) // UINT64 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int32_t, 1) // INT32 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, uint64_t, 1) // FIXED64 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, uint32_t, 1) // FIXED32 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, bool, 1) // BOOL - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, void*, 1) // STRING - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP, void*, 0) // GROUP - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, void*, 1) // MESSAGE - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, void*, 1) // BYTES - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, uint32_t, 1) // UINT32 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, uint32_t, 1) // ENUM - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, int32_t, 1) // SFIXED32 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, int64_t, 1) // SFIXED64 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int32_t, 1) // SINT32 - TYPE_INFO(UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, int64_t, 1) // SINT64 -}; - -void upb_seterr(upb_status *status, enum upb_status_code code, - const char *msg, ...) -{ - if(upb_ok(status)) { // The first error is the most interesting. - status->str = upb_string_new(); - char *str = upb_string_getrwbuf(status->str, UPB_ERRORMSG_MAXLEN); - status->code = code; - va_list args; - va_start(args, msg); - vsnprintf(str, UPB_ERRORMSG_MAXLEN, msg, args); - va_end(args); - } -} - -void upb_copyerr(upb_status *to, upb_status *from) -{ - to->code = from->code; - to->str = upb_string_getref(from->str); -} - -void upb_reset(upb_status *status) { - status->code = UPB_STATUS_OK; - upb_string_unref(status->str); - status->str = NULL; -} diff --git a/src/upb.h b/src/upb.h deleted file mode 100644 index 230e638..0000000 --- a/src/upb.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - * - * This file contains shared definitions that are widely used across upb. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_H_ -#define UPB_H_ - -#include -#include -#include // only for size_t. -#include "descriptor_const.h" -#include "upb_atomic.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -// inline if possible, emit standalone code if required. -#ifndef INLINE -#define INLINE static inline -#endif - -#define UPB_MAX(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y)) -#define UPB_MIN(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)) -#define UPB_INDEX(base, i, m) (void*)((char*)(base) + ((i)*(m))) - -// The maximum that any submessages can be nested. Matches proto2's limit. -#define UPB_MAX_NESTING 64 - -// The maximum number of fields that any one .proto type can have. Note that -// this is very different than the max field number. It is hard to imagine a -// scenario where more than 32k fields makes sense. -#define UPB_MAX_FIELDS (1<<15) -typedef int16_t upb_field_count_t; - -// Nested type names are separated by periods. -#define UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR '.' - -// This limit is for the longest fully-qualified symbol, eg. foo.bar.MsgType -#define UPB_SYMBOL_MAXLEN 128 - -// The longest chain that mutually-recursive types are allowed to form. For -// example, this is a type cycle of length 2: -// message A { -// B b = 1; -// } -// message B { -// A a = 1; -// } -#define UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN 16 - -// The maximum depth that the type graph can have. Note that this setting does -// not automatically constrain UPB_MAX_NESTING, because type cycles allow for -// unlimited nesting if we do not limit it. -#define UPB_MAX_TYPE_DEPTH 64 - -// The biggest possible single value is a 10-byte varint. -#define UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE 10 - - -/* Fundamental types and type constants. **************************************/ - -// A list of types as they are encoded on-the-wire. -enum upb_wire_type { - UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT = 0, - UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT = 1, - UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED = 2, - UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP = 3, - UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP = 4, - UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5, - - // This isn't a real wire type, but we use this constant to describe varints - // that are expected to be a maximum of 32 bits. - UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT_VARINT = 8 -}; - -typedef uint8_t upb_wire_type_t; - -// Value type as defined in a .proto file. eg. string, int32, etc. The -// integers that represent this are defined by descriptor.proto. Note that -// descriptor.proto reserves "0" for errors, and we use it to represent -// exceptional circumstances. -typedef uint8_t upb_field_type_t; - -// For referencing the type constants tersely. -#define UPB_TYPE(type) GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_ ## type -#define UPB_LABEL(type) GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_ ## type - -INLINE bool upb_issubmsgtype(upb_field_type_t type) { - return type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP) || type == UPB_TYPE(MESSAGE); -} - -INLINE bool upb_isstringtype(upb_field_type_t type) { - return type == UPB_TYPE(STRING) || type == UPB_TYPE(BYTES); -} - -// Info for a given field type. -typedef struct { - uint8_t align; - uint8_t size; - upb_wire_type_t native_wire_type; - uint8_t allowed_wire_types; // For packable fields, also allows delimited. - char *ctype; -} upb_type_info; - -// A static array of info about all of the field types, indexed by type number. -extern upb_type_info upb_types[]; - -// The number of a field, eg. "optional string foo = 3". -typedef int32_t upb_field_number_t; - -// Label (optional, repeated, required) as defined in a .proto file. The -// values of this are defined by google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label -// (from descriptor.proto). -typedef uint8_t upb_label_t; - -// A scalar (non-string) wire value. Used only for parsing unknown fields. -typedef union { - uint64_t varint; - uint64_t _64bit; - uint32_t _32bit; -} upb_wire_value; - -/* Polymorphic values of .proto types *****************************************/ - -struct _upb_string; -typedef struct _upb_string upb_string; - -typedef uint32_t upb_strlen_t; - -// A single .proto value. The owner must have an out-of-band way of knowing -// the type, so that it knows which union member to use. -typedef union { - double _double; - float _float; - int32_t int32; - int64_t int64; - uint32_t uint32; - uint64_t uint64; - bool _bool; -} upb_value; - -// A pointer to a .proto value. The owner must have an out-of-band way of -// knowing the type, so it knows which union member to use. -typedef union { - double *_double; - float *_float; - int32_t *int32; - int64_t *int64; - uint8_t *uint8; - uint32_t *uint32; - uint64_t *uint64; - bool *_bool; -} upb_valueptr; - -INLINE upb_valueptr upb_value_addrof(upb_value *val) { - upb_valueptr ptr = {&val->_double}; - return ptr; -} - -// Status codes used as a return value. Codes >0 are not fatal and can be -// resumed. -enum upb_status_code { - UPB_STATUS_OK = 0, - - // A read or write from a streaming src/sink could not be completed right now. - UPB_STATUS_TRYAGAIN = 1, - - // A value had an incorrect wire type and will be skipped. - UPB_STATUS_BADWIRETYPE = 2, - - // An unrecoverable error occurred. - UPB_STATUS_ERROR = -1, - - // A varint went for 10 bytes without terminating. - UPB_ERROR_UNTERMINATED_VARINT = -2, - - // The max nesting level (UPB_MAX_NESTING) was exceeded. - UPB_ERROR_MAX_NESTING_EXCEEDED = -3 -}; - -typedef struct { - enum upb_status_code code; - upb_string *str; -} upb_status; - -#define UPB_STATUS_INIT {UPB_STATUS_OK, NULL} -#define UPB_ERRORMSG_MAXLEN 256 - -INLINE bool upb_ok(upb_status *status) { - return status->code == UPB_STATUS_OK; -} - -void upb_reset(upb_status *status); -void upb_seterr(upb_status *status, enum upb_status_code code, const char *msg, - ...); -void upb_copyerr(upb_status *to, upb_status *from); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif /* UPB_H_ */ diff --git a/src/upb_atomic.h b/src/upb_atomic.h deleted file mode 100644 index 01fc8a2..0000000 --- a/src/upb_atomic.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - * - * Only a very small part of upb is thread-safe. Notably, individual - * messages, arrays, and strings are *not* thread safe for mutating. - * However, we do make message *metadata* such as upb_msgdef and - * upb_context thread-safe, and their ownership is tracked via atomic - * refcounting. This header implements the small number of atomic - * primitives required to support this. The primitives we implement - * are: - * - * - a reader/writer lock (wrappers around platform-provided mutexes). - * - an atomic refcount. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_ATOMIC_H_ -#define UPB_ATOMIC_H_ - -#include - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* inline if possible, emit standalone code if required. */ -#ifndef INLINE -#define INLINE static inline -#endif - -#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE - -/* Non-thread-safe implementations. ******************************************/ - -typedef struct { - int v; -} upb_atomic_refcount_t; - -INLINE void upb_atomic_refcount_init(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { - a->v = val; -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_ref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return a->v++ == 0; -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_unref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return --a->v == 0; -} - -INLINE int upb_atomic_read(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return a->v; -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_add(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { - a->v += val; - return a->v == 0; -} - -INLINE int upb_atomic_fetch_and_add(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { - int ret = a->v; - a->v += val; - return ret; -} - -#endif - -/* Atomic refcount ************************************************************/ - -#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE - -/* Already defined above. */ - -#elif (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1) || __GNUC__ > 4 - -/* GCC includes atomic primitives. */ - -typedef struct { - volatile int v; -} upb_atomic_refcount_t; - -INLINE void upb_atomic_refcount_init(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { - a->v = val; - __sync_synchronize(); /* Ensure the initialized value is visible. */ -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_ref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return __sync_fetch_and_add(&a->v, 1) == 0; -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_add(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int n) { - return __sync_add_and_fetch(&a->v, n) == 0; -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_unref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return __sync_sub_and_fetch(&a->v, 1) == 0; -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_read(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return __sync_fetch_and_add(&a->v, 0); -} - -#elif defined(WIN32) - -/* Windows defines atomic increment/decrement. */ -#include - -typedef struct { - volatile LONG val; -} upb_atomic_refcount_t; - -INLINE void upb_atomic_refcount_init(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a, int val) { - InterlockedExchange(&a->val, val); -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_ref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return InterlockedIncrement(&a->val) == 1; -} - -INLINE bool upb_atomic_unref(upb_atomic_refcount_t *a) { - return InterlockedDecrement(&a->val) == 0; -} - -#else -#error Atomic primitives not defined for your platform/CPU. \ - Implement them or compile with UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE. -#endif - -/* Reader/Writer lock. ********************************************************/ - -#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE - -typedef struct { -} upb_rwlock_t; - -INLINE void upb_rwlock_init(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } -INLINE void upb_rwlock_destroy(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } -INLINE void upb_rwlock_rdlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } -INLINE void upb_rwlock_wrlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } -INLINE void upb_rwlock_unlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { (void)l; } - -#elif defined(UPB_USE_PTHREADS) - -#include - -typedef struct { - pthread_rwlock_t lock; -} upb_rwlock_t; - -INLINE void upb_rwlock_init(upb_rwlock_t *l) { - /* TODO: check return value. */ - pthread_rwlock_init(&l->lock, NULL); -} - -INLINE void upb_rwlock_destroy(upb_rwlock_t *l) { - /* TODO: check return value. */ - pthread_rwlock_destroy(&l->lock); -} - -INLINE void upb_rwlock_rdlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { - /* TODO: check return value. */ - pthread_rwlock_rdlock(&l->lock); -} - -INLINE void upb_rwlock_wrlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { - /* TODO: check return value. */ - pthread_rwlock_wrlock(&l->lock); -} - -INLINE void upb_rwlock_unlock(upb_rwlock_t *l) { - /* TODO: check return value. */ - pthread_rwlock_unlock(&l->lock); -} - -#else -#error Reader/writer lock is not defined for your platform/CPU. \ - Implement it or compile with UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE. -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif /* UPB_ATOMIC_H_ */ diff --git a/src/upb_byteio.h b/src/upb_byteio.h deleted file mode 100644 index 69a28b3..0000000 --- a/src/upb_byteio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * This file contains upb_bytesrc and upb_bytesink implementations for common - * interfaces like strings, UNIX fds, and FILE*. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_BYTEIO_H -#define UPB_BYTEIO_H - -#include "upb_srcsink.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* upb_stringsrc **************************************************************/ - -struct upb_stringsrc; -typedef struct upb_stringsrc upb_stringsrc; - -// Create/free a stringsrc. -upb_stringsrc *upb_stringsrc_new(); -void upb_stringsrc_free(upb_stringsrc *s); - -// Resets the stringsrc to a state where it will vend the given string. The -// stringsrc will take a reference on the string, so the caller need not ensure -// that it outlives the stringsrc. A stringsrc can be reset multiple times. -void upb_stringsrc_reset(upb_stringsrc *s, upb_string *str); - -// Returns the upb_bytesrc* for this stringsrc. Invalidated by reset above. -upb_bytesrc *upb_stringsrc_bytesrc(); - - -/* upb_fdsrc ******************************************************************/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/src/upb_decoder.c b/src/upb_decoder.c deleted file mode 100644 index e3fdc49..0000000 --- a/src/upb_decoder.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,577 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#include "upb_decoder.h" - -#include -#include -#include - -#define UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET UINT32_MAX - -// Returns true if the give wire type and field type combination is valid, -// taking into account both packed and non-packed encodings. -static bool upb_check_type(upb_wire_type_t wt, upb_field_type_t ft) { - return (1 << wt) & upb_types[ft].allowed_wire_types; -} - -// Performs zig-zag decoding, which is used by sint32 and sint64. -static int32_t upb_zzdec_32(uint32_t n) { return (n >> 1) ^ -(int32_t)(n & 1); } -static int64_t upb_zzdec_64(uint64_t n) { return (n >> 1) ^ -(int64_t)(n & 1); } - - -/* upb_decoder ****************************************************************/ - -// The decoder keeps a stack with one entry per level of recursion. -// upb_decoder_frame is one frame of that stack. -typedef struct { - upb_msgdef *msgdef; - upb_fielddef *field; - upb_strlen_t end_offset; // For groups, -1. -} upb_decoder_frame; - -struct upb_decoder { - upb_src src; // upb_decoder is a upb_src. - - upb_msgdef *toplevel_msgdef; - upb_bytesrc *bytesrc; - - // The buffer of input data. NULL is equivalent to the empty string. - upb_string *buf; - - // Holds residual bytes when fewer than UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE bytes remain. - uint8_t tmpbuf[UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE]; - - // The number of bytes we have yet to consume from "buf" or tmpbuf. This is - // always >= 0 unless we were just reset or are eof. - int32_t buf_bytesleft; - - // The offset within "buf" from where we are currently reading. This can be - // <0 if we are reading some residual bytes from the previous buffer, which - // are stored in tmpbuf and combined with bytes from "buf". - int32_t buf_offset; - - // The overall stream offset of the beginning of "buf". - uint32_t buf_stream_offset; - - // Fielddef for the key we just read. - upb_fielddef *field; - - // Wire type of the key we just read. - upb_wire_type_t wire_type; - - // Delimited length of the string field we are reading. - upb_strlen_t delimited_len; - - upb_strlen_t packed_end_offset; - - // We keep a stack of messages we have recursed into. - upb_decoder_frame *top, *limit, stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING]; -}; - - -/* upb_decoder buffering. *****************************************************/ - -static upb_strlen_t upb_decoder_offset(upb_decoder *d) -{ - return d->buf_stream_offset - d->buf_offset; -} - -static bool upb_decoder_nextbuf(upb_decoder *d) -{ - assert(d->buf_bytesleft < UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE); - - // Copy residual bytes to temporary buffer. - if(d->buf_bytesleft > 0) { - memcpy(d->tmpbuf, upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset, - d->buf_bytesleft); - } - - // Recycle old buffer. - if(d->buf) { - d->buf = upb_string_tryrecycle(d->buf); - d->buf_offset -= upb_string_len(d->buf); - d->buf_stream_offset += upb_string_len(d->buf); - } - - // Pull next buffer. - if(upb_bytesrc_get(d->bytesrc, d->buf, UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE)) { - d->buf_bytesleft += upb_string_len(d->buf); - return true; - } else { - // Error or EOF. - if(!upb_bytesrc_eof(d->bytesrc)) { - // Error from bytesrc. - upb_copyerr(&d->src.status, upb_bytesrc_status(d->bytesrc)); - return false; - } else if(d->buf_bytesleft == 0) { - // EOF from bytesrc and we don't have any residual bytes left. - d->src.eof = true; - return false; - } else { - // No more data left from the bytesrc, but we still have residual bytes. - return true; - } - } -} - -static const uint8_t *upb_decoder_getbuf_full(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *bytes) -{ - if(d->buf_bytesleft < UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE) { - // GCC is currently complaining about use of an uninitialized value if we - // don't set this now. I think this is incorrect, but leaving this in - // to suppress the warning for now. - *bytes = 0; - if(!upb_decoder_nextbuf(d)) return NULL; - } - - assert(d->buf_bytesleft >= UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE); - - if(d->buf_offset >= 0) { - // Common case: the main buffer contains at least UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE - // contiguous bytes, so we can read directly out of it. - *bytes = d->buf_bytesleft; - return (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset; - } else { - // We need to accumulate UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE bytes; len is how many we - // have so far. - upb_strlen_t len = -d->buf_offset; - if(d->buf) { - upb_strlen_t to_copy = - UPB_MIN(UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE - len, upb_string_len(d->buf)); - memcpy(d->tmpbuf + len, upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf), to_copy); - len += to_copy; - } - // Pad the buffer out to UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE. - memset(d->tmpbuf + len, 0x80, UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE - len); - *bytes = len; - return d->tmpbuf; - } -} - -// Returns a pointer to a buffer of data that is at least UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE -// bytes long. This buffer contains the next bytes in the stream (even if -// those bytes span multiple buffers). *bytes is set to the number of actual -// stream bytes that are available in the returned buffer. If -// *bytes < UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE, the buffer is padded with 0x80 bytes. -// -// After the data has been read, upb_decoder_consume() should be called to -// indicate how many bytes were consumed. -static const uint8_t *upb_decoder_getbuf(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *bytes) -{ - if(d->buf_bytesleft >= UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE && d->buf_offset >= 0) { - // Common case: the main buffer contains at least UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE - // contiguous bytes, so we can read directly out of it. - *bytes = d->buf_bytesleft; - return (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset; - } else { - return upb_decoder_getbuf_full(d, bytes); - } -} - -static bool upb_decoder_consume(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t bytes) -{ - assert(bytes <= UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE); - d->buf_offset += bytes; - d->buf_bytesleft -= bytes; - if(d->buf_offset < 0) { - // We still have residual bytes we have not consumed. - memmove(d->tmpbuf, d->tmpbuf + bytes, -d->buf_offset); - } - assert(d->buf_bytesleft >= 0); - return true; -} - -static bool upb_decoder_skipbytes(upb_decoder *d, int32_t bytes) -{ - d->buf_offset += bytes; - d->buf_bytesleft -= bytes; - while(d->buf_bytesleft < 0) { - if(!upb_decoder_nextbuf(d)) return false; - } - return true; -} - - -/* Functions to read wire values. *********************************************/ - -// Parses remining bytes of a 64-bit varint that has already had its first byte -// parsed. -INLINE bool upb_decoder_readv64(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *low, uint32_t *high) -{ - upb_strlen_t bytes_available; - const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); - const uint8_t *start = buf; - if(!buf) return false; - - *high = 0; - uint32_t b; - b = *(buf++); *low = (b & 0x7f) ; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 7; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 14; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 21; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 28; - *high = (b & 0x7f) >> 3; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 4; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 11; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 18; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 25; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; - - if(bytes_available >= 10) { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Varint was unterminated " - "after 10 bytes, stream offset: %u", upb_decoder_offset(d)); - } else { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Stream ended in the middle " - "of a varint, stream offset: %u", upb_decoder_offset(d)); - } - return false; - -done: - return upb_decoder_consume(d, buf - start); -} - -// Gets a varint -- called when we only need 32 bits of it. Note that a 32-bit -// varint is not a true wire type. -static bool upb_decoder_readv32(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *val) -{ - uint32_t high; - if(!upb_decoder_readv64(d, val, &high)) return false; - - // We expect the high bits to be zero, except that signed 32-bit values are - // first sign-extended to be wire-compatible with 64 bits, in which case we - // expect the high bits to be all one. - // - // We could perform a slightly more sophisticated check by having the caller - // indicate whether a signed or unsigned value is being read. We could check - // that the high bits are all zeros for unsigned, and properly sign-extended - // for signed. - if(high != 0 && ~high != 0) { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Read a 32-bit varint, but " - "the high bits contained data we should not truncate: " - "%ux, stream offset: %u", high, upb_decoder_offset(d)); - return false; - } - return true; -} - -// Gets a fixed-length 32-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT). Caller -// promises that 4 bytes are available at buf. -static bool upb_decoder_readf32(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *val) -{ - upb_strlen_t bytes_available; - const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); - if(!buf) return false; - if(bytes_available < 4) { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, - "Stream ended in the middle of a 32-bit value"); - return false; - } - memcpy(val, buf, 4); - // TODO: byte swap if big-endian. - return upb_decoder_consume(d, 4); -} - -// Gets a fixed-length 64-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT). Caller -// promises that 8 bytes are available at buf. -static bool upb_decoder_readf64(upb_decoder *d, uint64_t *val) -{ - upb_strlen_t bytes_available; - const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); - if(!buf) return false; - if(bytes_available < 8) { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, - "Stream ended in the middle of a 64-bit value"); - return false; - } - memcpy(val, buf, 8); - // TODO: byte swap if big-endian. - return upb_decoder_consume(d, 8); -} - -// Returns the length of a varint (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT), allowing -// it to be easily skipped. Caller promises that 10 bytes are available at -// "buf". The function will return a maximum of 11 bytes before quitting. -static uint8_t upb_decoder_skipv64(upb_decoder *d) -{ - uint32_t bytes_available; - const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); - if(!buf) return false; - uint8_t i; - for(i = 0; i < 10 && buf[i] & 0x80; i++) - ; // empty loop body. - if(i > 10) { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Unterminated varint."); - return false; - } - return upb_decoder_consume(d, i); -} - - -/* upb_src implementation for upb_decoder. ************************************/ - -bool upb_decoder_skipval(upb_decoder *d); - -upb_fielddef *upb_decoder_getdef(upb_decoder *d) -{ - // Detect end-of-submessage. - if(upb_decoder_offset(d) >= d->top->end_offset) { - d->src.eof = true; - return NULL; - } - - // Handles the packed field case. - if(d->field) return d->field; - - uint32_t key = 0; -again: - if(!upb_decoder_readv32(d, &key)) return NULL; - upb_wire_type_t wire_type = key & 0x7; - int32_t field_number = key >> 3; - - if(wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) { - // For delimited wire values we parse the length now, since we need it in - // all cases. - if(!upb_decoder_readv32(d, &d->delimited_len)) return NULL; - } else if(wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP) { - if(d->top->end_offset == UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET) { - d->src.eof = true; - } else { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "End group seen but current " - "message is not a group, byte offset: %zd", - upb_decoder_offset(d)); - } - return NULL; - } - - // Look up field by tag number. - upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_itof(d->top->msgdef, field_number); - - if (!f) { - // Unknown field. If/when the upb_src interface supports reporting - // unknown fields we will implement that here. - upb_decoder_skipval(d); - goto again; - } else if (!upb_check_type(wire_type, f->type)) { - // This is a recoverable error condition. We skip the value but also - // return NULL and report the error. - upb_decoder_skipval(d); - // TODO: better error message. - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Incorrect wire type.\n"); - return NULL; - } - d->field = f; - d->wire_type = wire_type; - return f; -} - -bool upb_decoder_getval(upb_decoder *d, upb_valueptr val) -{ - switch(upb_types[d->field->type].native_wire_type) { - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT: { - uint32_t low, high; - if(!upb_decoder_readv64(d, &low, &high)) return false; - uint64_t u64 = ((uint64_t)high << 32) | low; - if(d->field->type == UPB_TYPE(SINT64)) - *val.int64 = upb_zzdec_64(u64); - else - *val.uint64 = u64; - break; - } - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT_VARINT: { - uint32_t u32; - if(!upb_decoder_readv32(d, &u32)) return false; - if(d->field->type == UPB_TYPE(SINT32)) - *val.int32 = upb_zzdec_32(u32); - else - *val.uint32 = u32; - break; - } - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT: - if(!upb_decoder_readf64(d, val.uint64)) return false; - break; - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT: - if(!upb_decoder_readf32(d, val.uint32)) return false; - break; - default: - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, - "Attempted to call getval on a group."); - return false; - } - // For a packed field where we have not reached the end, we leave the field - // in the decoder so we will return it again without parsing a key. - if(d->wire_type != UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED || - upb_decoder_offset(d) >= d->packed_end_offset) { - d->field = NULL; - } - return true; -} - -bool upb_decoder_getstr(upb_decoder *d, upb_string *str) { - // A string, bytes, or a length-delimited submessage. The latter isn't - // technically a string, but can be gotten as one to perform lazy parsing. - const int32_t total_len = d->delimited_len; - if (d->buf_offset >= 0 && (int32_t)total_len <= d->buf_bytesleft) { - // The entire string is inside our current buffer, so we can just - // return a substring of the buffer without copying. - upb_string_substr(str, d->buf, - upb_string_len(d->buf) - d->buf_bytesleft, - total_len); - upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, total_len); - } else { - // The string spans buffers, so we must copy from the residual buffer - // (if any bytes are there), then the buffer, and finally from the bytesrc. - uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrwbuf( - str, UPB_MIN(total_len, d->buf_bytesleft)); - int32_t len = 0; - if(d->buf_offset < 0) { - // Residual bytes we need to copy from tmpbuf. - memcpy(ptr, d->tmpbuf, -d->buf_offset); - len += -d->buf_offset; - } - if(d->buf) { - // Bytes from the buffer. - memcpy(ptr + len, upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset, - upb_string_len(str) - len); - } - upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, upb_string_len(str)); - if(len < total_len) { - // Bytes from the bytesrc. - if(!upb_bytesrc_append(d->bytesrc, str, total_len - len)) { - upb_copyerr(&d->src.status, upb_bytesrc_status(d->bytesrc)); - return false; - } - // Have to advance this since the buffering layer of the decoder will - // never see these bytes. - d->buf_stream_offset += total_len - len; - } - } - d->field = NULL; - return true; -} - -static bool upb_decoder_skipgroup(upb_decoder *d); - -bool upb_decoder_startmsg(upb_decoder *d) { - d->top->field = d->field; - if(++d->top >= d->limit) { - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_ERROR_MAX_NESTING_EXCEEDED, - "Nesting exceeded maximum (%d levels)\n", - UPB_MAX_NESTING); - return false; - } - upb_decoder_frame *frame = d->top; - frame->msgdef = upb_downcast_msgdef(d->field->def); - if(d->field->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) { - frame->end_offset = UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET; - } else { - frame->end_offset = upb_decoder_offset(d) + d->delimited_len; - } - return true; -} - -bool upb_decoder_endmsg(upb_decoder *d) { - if(d->top > d->stack) { - --d->top; - if(!d->src.eof) { - if(d->top->field->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) - upb_decoder_skipgroup(d); - else - upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, d->top->end_offset - upb_decoder_offset(d)); - } - d->src.eof = false; - return true; - } else { - return false; - } -} - -bool upb_decoder_skipval(upb_decoder *d) { - upb_strlen_t bytes_to_skip; - switch(d->wire_type) { - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT: { - return upb_decoder_skipv64(d); - } - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP: - if(!upb_decoder_startmsg(d)) return false; - if(!upb_decoder_skipgroup(d)) return false; - if(!upb_decoder_endmsg(d)) return false; - return true; - default: - // Including UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP. - assert(false); - upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Tried to skip an end group"); - return false; - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT: - bytes_to_skip = 8; - break; - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT: - bytes_to_skip = 4; - break; - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED: - // Works for both string/bytes *and* submessages. - bytes_to_skip = d->delimited_len; - break; - } - return upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, bytes_to_skip); -} - -static bool upb_decoder_skipgroup(upb_decoder *d) -{ - // This will be mututally recursive with upb_decoder_skipval() if the group - // has sub-groups. If we wanted to handle EAGAIN in the future, this - // approach would not work; we would need to track the group depth - // explicitly. - while(upb_decoder_getdef(d)) { - if(!upb_decoder_skipval(d)) return false; - } - // If we are at the end of the group like we want to be, then - // upb_decoder_getdef() returned NULL because of eof, not error. - if(!&d->src.eof) return false; - return true; -} - -upb_src_vtable upb_decoder_src_vtbl = { - (upb_src_getdef_fptr)&upb_decoder_getdef, - (upb_src_getval_fptr)&upb_decoder_getval, - (upb_src_skipval_fptr)&upb_decoder_skipval, - (upb_src_startmsg_fptr)&upb_decoder_startmsg, - (upb_src_endmsg_fptr)&upb_decoder_endmsg, -}; - - -/* upb_decoder construction/destruction. **************************************/ - -upb_decoder *upb_decoder_new(upb_msgdef *msgdef) -{ - upb_decoder *d = malloc(sizeof(*d)); - d->toplevel_msgdef = msgdef; - d->limit = &d->stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING]; - d->buf = NULL; - upb_src_init(&d->src, &upb_decoder_src_vtbl); - return d; -} - -void upb_decoder_free(upb_decoder *d) -{ - upb_string_unref(d->buf); - free(d); -} - -void upb_decoder_reset(upb_decoder *d, upb_bytesrc *bytesrc) -{ - upb_string_unref(d->buf); - d->top = d->stack; - d->top->msgdef = d->toplevel_msgdef; - // The top-level message is not delimited (we can keep receiving data for it - // indefinitely), so we set the end offset as high as possible, but not equal - // to UINT32_MAX so it doesn't equal UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET. - d->top->end_offset = UINT32_MAX - 1; - d->bytesrc = bytesrc; - d->buf = NULL; - d->buf_bytesleft = 0; - d->buf_stream_offset = 0; - d->buf_offset = 0; -} diff --git a/src/upb_decoder.h b/src/upb_decoder.h deleted file mode 100644 index dde61fc..0000000 --- a/src/upb_decoder.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * upb_decoder implements a high performance, streaming decoder for protobuf - * data that works by implementing upb_src and getting its data from a - * upb_bytesrc. - * - * The decoder does not currently support non-blocking I/O, in the sense that - * if the bytesrc returns UPB_STATUS_TRYAGAIN it is not possible to resume the - * decoder when data becomes available again. Support for this could be added, - * but it would add complexity and perhaps cost efficiency also. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_DECODER_H_ -#define UPB_DECODER_H_ - -#include -#include -#include "upb_def.h" -#include "upb_stream.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* upb_decoder *****************************************************************/ - -// A upb_decoder decodes the binary protocol buffer format, writing the data it -// decodes to a upb_sink. -struct upb_decoder; -typedef struct upb_decoder upb_decoder; - -// Allocates and frees a upb_decoder, respectively. -upb_decoder *upb_decoder_new(upb_msgdef *md); -void upb_decoder_free(upb_decoder *d); - -// Resets the internal state of an already-allocated decoder. This puts it in a -// state where it has not seen any data, and expects the next data to be from -// the beginning of a new protobuf. Parsers must be reset before they can be -// used. A decoder can be reset multiple times. -void upb_decoder_reset(upb_decoder *d, upb_bytesrc *bytesrc); - -// Returns a upb_src pointer by which the decoder can be used. The returned -// upb_src is invalidated by upb_decoder_reset() or upb_decoder_free(). -upb_src *upb_decoder_getsrc(upb_decoder *d); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif /* UPB_DECODER_H_ */ diff --git a/src/upb_def.c b/src/upb_def.c deleted file mode 100644 index bfab738..0000000 --- a/src/upb_def.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1022 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#include -#include "descriptor_const.h" -#include "descriptor.h" -#include "upb_def.h" - -#define CHECKSRC(x) if(!(x)) goto src_err -#define CHECK(x) if(!(x)) goto err - -// A little dynamic array for storing a growing list of upb_defs. -typedef struct { - upb_def **defs; - uint32_t len; - uint32_t size; -} upb_deflist; - -static void upb_deflist_init(upb_deflist *l) { - l->size = 8; - l->defs = malloc(l->size); - l->len = 0; -} - -static void upb_deflist_uninit(upb_deflist *l) { - for(uint32_t i = 0; i < l->len; i++) - if(l->defs[i]) upb_def_unref(l->defs[i]); - free(l->defs); -} - -static void upb_deflist_push(upb_deflist *l, upb_def *d) { - if(l->len == l->size) { - l->size *= 2; - l->defs = realloc(l->defs, l->size); - } - l->defs[l->len++] = d; -} - -/* Joins strings together, for example: - * join("Foo.Bar", "Baz") -> "Foo.Bar.Baz" - * join("", "Baz") -> "Baz" - * Caller owns a ref on the returned string. */ -static upb_string *upb_join(upb_string *base, upb_string *name) { - upb_string *joined = upb_strdup(base); - upb_strlen_t len = upb_string_len(joined); - if(len > 0) { - upb_string_getrwbuf(joined, len + 1)[len] = UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR; - } - upb_strcat(joined, name); - return joined; -} - -// Qualify the defname for all defs starting with offset "start" with "str". -static void upb_deflist_qualify(upb_deflist *l, upb_string *str, int32_t start) { - for(uint32_t i = start; i < l->len; i++) { - upb_def *def = l->defs[i]; - upb_string *name = def->fqname; - def->fqname = upb_join(str, name); - upb_string_unref(name); - } -} - -/* upb_def ********************************************************************/ - -// Defs are reference counted, but can have cycles when types are -// self-recursive or mutually recursive, so we need to be capable of collecting -// the cycles. In our situation defs are immutable (so cycles cannot be -// created or destroyed post-initialization). We need to be thread-safe but -// want to avoid locks if at all possible and rely only on atomic operations. -// -// Our scheme is as follows. First we give each def a flag indicating whether -// it is part of a cycle or not. Because defs are immutable, this flag will -// never change. For acyclic defs, we can use a naive algorithm and avoid the -// overhead of dealing with cycles. Most defs will be acyclic, and most cycles -// will be very short. -// -// For defs that participate in cycles we keep two reference counts. One -// tracks references that come from outside the cycle (we call these external -// references), and is incremented and decremented like a regular refcount. -// The other is a cycle refcount, and works as follows. Every cycle is -// considered distinct, even if two cycles share members. For example, this -// graph has two distinct cycles: -// -// A-->B-->C -// ^ | | -// +---+---+ -// -// The cycles in this graph are AB and ABC. When A's external refcount -// transitions from 0->1, we say that A takes "cycle references" on both -// cycles. Taking a cycle reference means incrementing the cycle refcount of -// all defs in the cycle. Since A and B are common to both cycles, A and B's -// cycle refcounts will be incremented by two, and C's will be incremented by -// one. Likewise, when A's external refcount transitions from 1->0, we -// decrement A and B's cycle refcounts by two and C's by one. We collect a -// cyclic type when its cycle refcount drops to zero. A precondition for this -// is that the external refcount has dropped to zero also. -// -// This algorithm is relatively cheap, since it only requires extra work when -// the external refcount on a cyclic type transitions from 0->1 or 1->0. - -static void upb_msgdef_free(upb_msgdef *m); -static void upb_enumdef_free(upb_enumdef *e); -static void upb_unresolveddef_free(struct _upb_unresolveddef *u); - -static void upb_def_free(upb_def *def) -{ - switch(def->type) { - case UPB_DEF_MSG: - upb_msgdef_free(upb_downcast_msgdef(def)); - break; - case UPB_DEF_ENUM: - upb_enumdef_free(upb_downcast_enumdef(def)); - break; - case UPB_DEF_SVC: - assert(false); /* Unimplemented. */ - break; - case UPB_DEF_UNRESOLVED: - upb_unresolveddef_free(upb_downcast_unresolveddef(def)); - break; - default: - assert(false); - } -} - -// Depth-first search for all cycles that include cycle_base. Returns the -// number of paths from def that lead to cycle_base, which is equivalent to the -// number of cycles def is in that include cycle_base. -// -// open_defs tracks the set of nodes that are currently being visited in the -// search so we can stop the search if we detect a cycles that do not involve -// cycle_base. We can't color the nodes as we go by writing to a member of the -// def, because another thread could be performing the search concurrently. -static int upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(upb_msgdef *m, upb_msgdef *cycle_base, - upb_msgdef **open_defs, int num_open_defs, - bool ref) { - bool found = false; - for(int i = 0; i < num_open_defs; i++) { - if(open_defs[i] == m) { - // We encountered a cycle that did not involve cycle_base. - found = true; - break; - } - } - - if(found || num_open_defs == UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN) { - return 0; - } else if(m == cycle_base) { - return 1; - } else { - int path_count = 0; - if(cycle_base == NULL) { - cycle_base = m; - } else { - open_defs[num_open_defs++] = m; - } - for(int i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) { - upb_fielddef *f = &m->fields[i]; - upb_def *def = f->def; - if(upb_issubmsg(f) && def->is_cyclic) { - upb_msgdef *sub_m = upb_downcast_msgdef(def); - path_count += upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(sub_m, cycle_base, open_defs, - num_open_defs, ref); - } - } - if(ref) { - upb_atomic_add(&m->cycle_refcount, path_count); - } else { - if(upb_atomic_add(&m->cycle_refcount, -path_count)) - upb_def_free(UPB_UPCAST(m)); - } - return path_count; - } -} - -void _upb_def_reftozero(upb_def *def) { - if(def->is_cyclic) { - upb_msgdef *m = upb_downcast_msgdef(def); - upb_msgdef *open_defs[UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN]; - upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(m, NULL, open_defs, 0, false); - } else { - upb_def_free(def); - } -} - -void _upb_def_cyclic_ref(upb_def *def) { - upb_msgdef *open_defs[UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN]; - upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(upb_downcast_msgdef(def), NULL, open_defs, 0, true); -} - -static void upb_def_init(upb_def *def, upb_def_type type) { - def->type = type; - def->is_cyclic = 0; // We detect this later, after resolving refs. - def->search_depth = 0; - def->fqname = NULL; - upb_atomic_refcount_init(&def->refcount, 1); -} - -static void upb_def_uninit(upb_def *def) { - upb_string_unref(def->fqname); -} - - -/* upb_unresolveddef **********************************************************/ - -// Unresolved defs are used as temporary placeholders for a def whose name has -// not been resolved yet. During the name resolution step, all unresolved defs -// are replaced with pointers to the actual def being referenced. -typedef struct _upb_unresolveddef { - upb_def base; - - // The target type name. This may or may not be fully qualified. - upb_string *name; -} upb_unresolveddef; - -// Is passed a ref on the string. -static upb_unresolveddef *upb_unresolveddef_new(upb_string *str) { - upb_unresolveddef *def = malloc(sizeof(*def)); - upb_def_init(&def->base, UPB_DEF_UNRESOLVED); - def->name = str; - return def; -} - -static void upb_unresolveddef_free(struct _upb_unresolveddef *def) { - upb_def_uninit(&def->base); - free(def); -} - - -/* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/ - -typedef struct { - upb_strtable_entry e; - uint32_t value; -} ntoi_ent; - -typedef struct { - upb_inttable_entry e; - upb_string *string; -} iton_ent; - -static void upb_enumdef_free(upb_enumdef *e) { - upb_strtable_free(&e->ntoi); - upb_inttable_free(&e->iton); - upb_def_uninit(&e->base); - free(e); -} - -static bool upb_addenum_val(upb_src *src, upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status) -{ - int32_t number = -1; - upb_string *name = NULL; - upb_fielddef *f; - while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { - switch(f->number) { - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &number)); - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMVALUEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: - name = upb_string_tryrecycle(name); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, name)); - break; - default: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); - break; - } - } - - if(name == NULL || number == -1) { - upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Enum value missing name or number."); - goto err; - } - ntoi_ent ntoi_ent = {{name, 0}, number}; - iton_ent iton_ent = {{number, 0}, name}; - upb_strtable_insert(&e->ntoi, &ntoi_ent.e); - upb_inttable_insert(&e->iton, &iton_ent.e); - // We don't unref "name" because we pass our ref to the iton entry of the - // table. strtables can ref their keys, but the inttable doesn't know that - // the value is a string. - return true; - -src_err: - upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); -err: - upb_string_unref(name); - return false; -} - -static bool upb_addenum(upb_src *src, upb_deflist *defs, upb_status *status) -{ - upb_enumdef *e = malloc(sizeof(*e)); - upb_def_init(&e->base, UPB_DEF_ENUM); - upb_strtable_init(&e->ntoi, 0, sizeof(ntoi_ent)); - upb_inttable_init(&e->iton, 0, sizeof(iton_ent)); - upb_fielddef *f; - while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { - switch(f->number) { - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_ENUMDESCRIPTORPROTO_VALUE_FIELDNUM: - CHECK(upb_addenum_val(src, e, status)); - break; - default: - upb_src_skipval(src); - break; - } - } - upb_deflist_push(defs, UPB_UPCAST(e)); - return true; - -err: - upb_enumdef_free(e); - return false; -} - -static void fill_iter(upb_enum_iter *iter, ntoi_ent *ent) { - iter->state = ent; - iter->name = ent->e.key; - iter->val = ent->value; -} - -void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, upb_enumdef *e) { - // We could iterate over either table here; the choice is arbitrary. - ntoi_ent *ent = upb_strtable_begin(&e->ntoi); - iter->e = e; - fill_iter(iter, ent); -} - -void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter) { - ntoi_ent *ent = iter->state; - assert(ent); - ent = upb_strtable_next(&iter->e->ntoi, &ent->e); - iter->state = ent; - if(ent) fill_iter(iter, ent); -} - -bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter) { - return iter->state == NULL; -} - - -/* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/ - -static void upb_fielddef_free(upb_fielddef *f) { - free(f); -} - -static void upb_fielddef_uninit(upb_fielddef *f) { - upb_string_unref(f->name); - if(upb_hasdef(f) && f->owned) { - upb_def_unref(f->def); - } -} - -static bool upb_addfield(upb_src *src, upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status) -{ - upb_fielddef *f = malloc(sizeof(*f)); - f->def = NULL; - f->owned = false; - upb_fielddef *parsed_f; - int32_t tmp; - while((parsed_f = upb_src_getdef(src))) { - switch(parsed_f->number) { - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &tmp)); - f->type = tmp; - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_LABEL_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &tmp)); - f->label = tmp; - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NUMBER_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getint32(src, &tmp)); - f->number = tmp; - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: - f->name = upb_string_tryrecycle(f->name); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, f->name)); - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FIELDDESCRIPTORPROTO_TYPE_NAME_FIELDNUM: { - upb_string *str = upb_string_new(); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, str)); - if(f->def) upb_def_unref(f->def); - f->def = UPB_UPCAST(upb_unresolveddef_new(str)); - f->owned = true; - break; - } - } - } - CHECKSRC(upb_src_eof(src)); - // TODO: verify that all required fields were present. - assert((f->def != NULL) == upb_hasdef(f)); - - // Field was successfully read, add it as a field of the msgdef. - upb_itof_ent itof_ent = {{f->number, 0}, f}; - upb_ntof_ent ntof_ent = {{f->name, 0}, f}; - upb_inttable_insert(&m->itof, &itof_ent.e); - upb_strtable_insert(&m->ntof, &ntof_ent.e); - return true; - -src_err: - upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); - upb_fielddef_free(f); - return false; -} - - -/* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/ - -// Processes a google.protobuf.DescriptorProto, adding defs to "defs." -static bool upb_addmsg(upb_src *src, upb_deflist *defs, upb_status *status) -{ - upb_msgdef *m = malloc(sizeof(*m)); - upb_def_init(&m->base, UPB_DEF_MSG); - upb_atomic_refcount_init(&m->cycle_refcount, 0); - upb_inttable_init(&m->itof, 4, sizeof(upb_itof_ent)); - upb_strtable_init(&m->ntof, 4, sizeof(upb_ntof_ent)); - int32_t start_count = defs->len; - - upb_fielddef *f; - while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { - switch(f->number) { - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: - m->base.fqname = upb_string_tryrecycle(m->base.fqname); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, m->base.fqname)); - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_FIELD_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); - CHECK(upb_addfield(src, m, status)); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_NESTED_TYPE_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); - CHECK(upb_addmsg(src, defs, status)); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_DESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); - CHECK(upb_addenum(src, defs, status)); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); - break; - default: - // TODO: extensions. - CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); - } - } - CHECK(upb_src_eof(src)); - if(!m->base.fqname) { - upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Encountered message with no name."); - goto err; - } - upb_deflist_qualify(defs, m->base.fqname, start_count); - upb_deflist_push(defs, UPB_UPCAST(m)); - return true; - -src_err: - upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); -err: - upb_msgdef_free(m); - return false; -} - -static void upb_msgdef_free(upb_msgdef *m) -{ - for (upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) - upb_fielddef_uninit(&m->fields[i]); - free(m->fields); - upb_strtable_free(&m->ntof); - upb_inttable_free(&m->itof); - upb_def_uninit(&m->base); - free(m); -} - -static void upb_msgdef_resolve(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, upb_def *def) { - (void)m; - if(f->owned) upb_def_unref(f->def); - f->def = def; - // We will later make the ref unowned if it is a part of a cycle. - f->owned = true; - upb_def_ref(def); -} - - -/* symtab internal ***********************************************************/ - -// Processes a google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto, adding the defs to "defs". -static bool upb_addfd(upb_src *src, upb_deflist *defs, upb_status *status) -{ - upb_string *package = NULL; - int32_t start_count = defs->len; - upb_fielddef *f; - while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { - switch(f->number) { - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_NAME_FIELDNUM: - package = upb_string_tryrecycle(package); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_getstr(src, package)); - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_MESSAGE_TYPE_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); - CHECK(upb_addmsg(src, defs, status)); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); - break; - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORPROTO_ENUM_TYPE_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); - CHECK(upb_addenum(src, defs, status)); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); - break; - default: - // TODO: services and extensions. - CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); - } - } - CHECK(upb_src_eof(src)); - upb_deflist_qualify(defs, package, start_count); - upb_string_unref(package); - return true; - -src_err: - upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); -err: - upb_string_unref(package); - return false; -} - -/* Search for a character in a string, in reverse. */ -static int my_memrchr(char *data, char c, size_t len) -{ - int off = len-1; - while(off > 0 && data[off] != c) --off; - return off; -} - -typedef struct { - upb_strtable_entry e; - upb_def *def; -} upb_symtab_ent; - -// Given a symbol and the base symbol inside which it is defined, find the -// symbol's definition in t. -static upb_symtab_ent *upb_resolve(upb_strtable *t, - upb_string *base, upb_string *sym) -{ - if(upb_string_len(base) + upb_string_len(sym) + 1 >= UPB_SYMBOL_MAXLEN || - upb_string_len(sym) == 0) return NULL; - - if(upb_string_getrobuf(sym)[0] == UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR) { - // Symbols starting with '.' are absolute, so we do a single lookup. - // Slice to omit the leading '.' - upb_string *sym_str = upb_strslice(sym, 1, upb_string_len(sym) - 1); - upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_lookup(t, sym_str); - upb_string_unref(sym_str); - return e; - } else { - // Remove components from base until we find an entry or run out. - upb_string *sym_str = upb_string_new(); - int baselen = upb_string_len(base); - while(1) { - // sym_str = base[0...base_len] + UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR + sym - upb_strlen_t len = baselen + upb_string_len(sym) + 1; - char *buf = upb_string_getrwbuf(sym_str, len); - memcpy(buf, upb_string_getrobuf(base), baselen); - buf[baselen] = UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR; - memcpy(buf + baselen + 1, upb_string_getrobuf(sym), upb_string_len(sym)); - - upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_lookup(t, sym_str); - if (e) return e; - else if(baselen == 0) return NULL; // No more scopes to try. - - baselen = my_memrchr(buf, UPB_SYMBOL_SEPARATOR, baselen); - } - } -} - -// Performs a pass over the type graph to find all cycles that include m. -static bool upb_symtab_findcycles(upb_msgdef *m, int depth, upb_status *status) -{ - if(depth > UPB_MAX_TYPE_DEPTH) { - // We have found a non-cyclic path from the base of the type tree that - // exceeds the maximum allowed depth. There are many situations in upb - // where we recurse over the type tree (like for example, right now) and an - // absurdly deep tree could cause us to stack overflow on systems with very - // limited stacks. - upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Type " UPB_STRFMT " was found at " - "depth %d in the type graph, which exceeds the maximum type " - "depth of %d.", UPB_UPCAST(m)->fqname, depth, - UPB_MAX_TYPE_DEPTH); - return false; - } else if(UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth == 1) { - // Cycle! - int cycle_len = depth - 1; - if(cycle_len > UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN) { - upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Type " UPB_STRFMT " was involved " - "in a cycle of length %d, which exceeds the maximum type " - "cycle length of %d.", UPB_UPCAST(m)->fqname, cycle_len, - UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN); - } - return true; - } else if(UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth > 0) { - // This was a cycle, but did not originate from the base of our search tree. - // We'll find it when we call find_cycles() on this node directly. - return false; - } else { - UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth = ++depth; - bool cycle_found = false; - for(upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) { - upb_fielddef *f = &m->fields[i]; - if(!upb_issubmsg(f)) continue; - upb_def *sub_def = f->def; - upb_msgdef *sub_m = upb_downcast_msgdef(sub_def); - if(upb_symtab_findcycles(sub_m, depth, status)) { - cycle_found = true; - UPB_UPCAST(m)->is_cyclic = true; - if(f->owned) { - upb_atomic_unref(&sub_def->refcount); - f->owned = false; - } - } - } - UPB_UPCAST(m)->search_depth = 0; - return cycle_found; - } -} - -// Given a table of pending defs "tmptab" and a table of existing defs "symtab", -// resolves all of the unresolved refs for the defs in tmptab. -bool upb_resolverefs(upb_strtable *tmptab, upb_strtable *symtab, - upb_status *status) -{ - upb_symtab_ent *e; - for(e = upb_strtable_begin(tmptab); e; e = upb_strtable_next(tmptab, &e->e)) { - upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef(e->def); - if(!m) continue; - // Type names are resolved relative to the message in which they appear. - upb_string *base = e->e.key; - - for(upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < m->num_fields; i++) { - upb_fielddef *f = &m->fields[i]; - if(!upb_hasdef(f)) continue; // No resolving necessary. - upb_string *name = upb_downcast_unresolveddef(f->def)->name; - - // Resolve from either the tmptab (pending adds) or symtab (existing - // defs). If both exist, prefer the pending add, because it will be - // overwriting the existing def. - upb_symtab_ent *found; - if(!(found = upb_resolve(tmptab, base, name)) && - !(found = upb_resolve(symtab, base, name))) { - upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, - "could not resolve symbol '" UPB_STRFMT "'" - " in context '" UPB_STRFMT "'", - UPB_STRARG(name), UPB_STRARG(base)); - return false; - } - - // Check the type of the found def. - upb_field_type_t expected = upb_issubmsg(f) ? UPB_DEF_MSG : UPB_DEF_ENUM; - if(found->def->type != expected) { - upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Unexpected type"); - return false; - } - upb_msgdef_resolve(m, f, found->def); - } - } - - // Deal with type cycles. - for(e = upb_strtable_begin(tmptab); e; e = upb_strtable_next(tmptab, &e->e)) { - upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef(e->def); - if(!m) continue; - // The findcycles() call will decrement the external refcount of the - if(!upb_symtab_findcycles(m, 0, status)) return false; - upb_msgdef *open_defs[UPB_MAX_TYPE_CYCLE_LEN]; - upb_cycle_ref_or_unref(m, NULL, open_defs, 0, true); - } - - return true; -} - -// Given a list of defs, a list of extensions (in the future), and a flag -// indicating whether the new defs can overwrite existing defs in the symtab, -// attempts to add the given defs to the symtab. The whole operation either -// succeeds or fails. Ownership of "defs" and "exts" is taken. -bool upb_symtab_add_defs(upb_symtab *s, upb_deflist *defs, bool allow_redef, - upb_status *status) -{ - upb_rwlock_wrlock(&s->lock); - - // Build a table of the defs we mean to add, for duplicate detection and name - // resolution. - upb_strtable tmptab; - upb_strtable_init(&tmptab, defs->len, sizeof(upb_symtab_ent)); - for (uint32_t i = 0; i < defs->len; i++) { - upb_def *def = defs->defs[i]; - upb_symtab_ent e = {{def->fqname, 0}, def}; - - // Redefinition is never allowed within a single FileDescriptorSet. - // Additionally, we only allow overwriting of an existing definition if - // allow_redef is set. - if (upb_strtable_lookup(&tmptab, def->fqname) || - (!allow_redef && upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, def->fqname))) { - upb_seterr(status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Redefinition of symbol " UPB_STRFMT, - UPB_STRARG(def->fqname)); - goto err; - } - - // Pass ownership from the deflist to the strtable. - upb_strtable_insert(&tmptab, &e.e); - defs->defs[i] = NULL; - } - - // TODO: process the list of extensions by modifying entries from - // tmptab in-place (copying them from the symtab first if necessary). - - CHECK(upb_resolverefs(&tmptab, &s->symtab, status)); - - // The defs in tmptab have been vetted, and can be added to the symtab - // without causing errors. Now add all tmptab defs to the symtab, - // overwriting (and releasing a ref on) any existing defs with the same - // names. Ownership for tmptab defs passes from the tmptab to the symtab. - upb_symtab_ent *tmptab_e; - for(tmptab_e = upb_strtable_begin(&tmptab); tmptab_e; - tmptab_e = upb_strtable_next(&tmptab, &tmptab_e->e)) { - upb_symtab_ent *symtab_e = - upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, tmptab_e->def->fqname); - if(symtab_e) { - upb_def_unref(symtab_e->def); - symtab_e->def = tmptab_e->def; - } else { - upb_strtable_insert(&s->symtab, &tmptab_e->e); - } - } - - upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); - upb_strtable_free(&tmptab); - return true; - -err: - // We need to free all defs from "tmptab." - upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); - for(upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_begin(&tmptab); e; - e = upb_strtable_next(&tmptab, &e->e)) - upb_def_unref(e->def); - upb_strtable_free(&tmptab); - return false; -} - - -/* upb_symtab *****************************************************************/ - -upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new() -{ - upb_symtab *s = malloc(sizeof(*s)); - upb_atomic_refcount_init(&s->refcount, 1); - upb_rwlock_init(&s->lock); - upb_strtable_init(&s->symtab, 16, sizeof(upb_symtab_ent)); - return s; -} - -static void upb_free_symtab(upb_strtable *t) -{ - upb_symtab_ent *e; - for(e = upb_strtable_begin(t); e; e = upb_strtable_next(t, &e->e)) - upb_def_unref(e->def); - upb_strtable_free(t); -} - -void _upb_symtab_free(upb_symtab *s) -{ - upb_free_symtab(&s->symtab); - upb_free_symtab(&s->psymtab); - upb_rwlock_destroy(&s->lock); - free(s); -} - -upb_def **upb_symtab_getdefs(upb_symtab *s, int *count, upb_def_type_t type) -{ - upb_rwlock_rdlock(&s->lock); - int total = upb_strtable_count(&s->symtab); - // We may only use part of this, depending on how many symbols are of the - // correct type. - upb_def **defs = malloc(sizeof(*defs) * total); - upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_begin(&s->symtab); - int i = 0; - for(; e; e = upb_strtable_next(&s->symtab, &e->e)) { - upb_def *def = e->def; - assert(def); - if(type == UPB_DEF_ANY || def->type == type) - defs[i++] = def; - } - upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); - *count = i; - for(i = 0; i < *count; i++) - upb_def_ref(defs[i]); - return defs; -} - -upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *sym) -{ - upb_rwlock_rdlock(&s->lock); - upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, sym); - upb_def *ret = NULL; - if(e) { - ret = e->def; - upb_def_ref(ret); - } - upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); - return ret; -} - - -upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *base, upb_string *symbol) { - upb_rwlock_rdlock(&s->lock); - upb_symtab_ent *e = upb_resolve(&s->symtab, base, symbol); - upb_def *ret = NULL; - if(e) { - ret = e->def; - upb_def_ref(ret); - } - upb_rwlock_unlock(&s->lock); - return ret; -} - -void upb_symtab_addfds(upb_symtab *s, upb_src *src, upb_status *status) -{ - upb_deflist defs; - upb_deflist_init(&defs); - upb_fielddef *f; - while((f = upb_src_getdef(src)) != NULL) { - switch(f->number) { - case GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_FILEDESCRIPTORSET_FILE_FIELDNUM: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_startmsg(src)); - CHECK(upb_addfd(src, &defs, status)); - CHECKSRC(upb_src_endmsg(src)); - break; - default: - CHECKSRC(upb_src_skipval(src)); - } - } - CHECKSRC(upb_src_eof(src)); - CHECK(upb_symtab_add_defs(s, &defs, false, status)); - upb_deflist_uninit(&defs); - return; - -src_err: - upb_copyerr(status, upb_src_status(src)); -err: - upb_deflist_uninit(&defs); -} - - -/* upb_baredecoder ************************************************************/ - -// upb_baredecoder is a upb_src that can parse a subset of the protocol buffer -// binary format. It is only used for bootstrapping. It can parse without -// having a upb_msgdef, which is why it is useful for bootstrapping the first -// msgdef. On the downside, it does not support: -// -// * having its input span multiple upb_strings. -// * reading any field of the returned upb_fielddef's except f->number. -// * keeping a pointer to the upb_fielddef* and reading it later (the same -// upb_fielddef is reused over and over). -// * detecting errors in the input (we trust that our input is known-good). -// -// It also does not support any of the follow protobuf features: -// * packed fields. -// * groups. -// * zig-zag-encoded types like sint32 and sint64. -// -// If descriptor.proto ever changed to use any of these features, this decoder -// would need to be extended to support them. - -typedef struct { - upb_src src; - upb_string *input; - upb_strlen_t offset; - upb_fielddef field; - upb_wire_type_t wire_type; - upb_strlen_t delimited_len; - upb_strlen_t stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING], *top; - upb_string *str; -} upb_baredecoder; - -static uint64_t upb_baredecoder_readv64(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - const uint8_t *start = (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(d->input) + d->offset; - const uint8_t *buf = start; - uint8_t last = 0x80; - uint64_t val = 0; - for(int bitpos = 0; (last & 0x80); buf++, bitpos += 7) - val |= ((uint64_t)((last = *buf) & 0x7F)) << bitpos; - d->offset += buf - start; - return val; -} - -static uint32_t upb_baredecoder_readv32(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - return (uint32_t)upb_baredecoder_readv64(d); // Truncate. -} - -static uint64_t upb_baredecoder_readf64(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - uint64_t val; - memcpy(&val, upb_string_getrobuf(d->input) + d->offset, 8); - d->offset += 8; - return val; -} - -static uint32_t upb_baredecoder_readf32(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - uint32_t val; - memcpy(&val, upb_string_getrobuf(d->input) + d->offset, 4); - d->offset += 4; - return val; -} - -static upb_fielddef *upb_baredecoder_getdef(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - // Detect end-of-submessage. - if(d->offset >= *d->top) { - d->src.eof = true; - return NULL; - } - - uint32_t key; - key = upb_baredecoder_readv32(d); - d->wire_type = key & 0x7; - d->field.number = key >> 3; - if(d->wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) { - // For delimited wire values we parse the length now, since we need it in - // all cases. - d->delimited_len = upb_baredecoder_readv32(d); - } - return &d->field; -} - -static bool upb_baredecoder_getval(upb_baredecoder *d, upb_valueptr val) -{ - if(d->wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) { - d->str = upb_string_tryrecycle(d->str); - upb_string_substr(d->str, d->input, d->offset, d->delimited_len); - } else { - switch(d->wire_type) { - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT: - *val.uint64 = upb_baredecoder_readv64(d); - break; - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT_VARINT: - *val.uint32 = upb_baredecoder_readv32(d); - break; - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT: - *val.uint64 = upb_baredecoder_readf64(d); - break; - case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT: - *val.uint32 = upb_baredecoder_readf32(d); - break; - default: - assert(false); - } - } - return true; -} - -static bool upb_baredecoder_skipval(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - upb_value val; - return upb_baredecoder_getval(d, upb_value_addrof(&val)); -} - -static bool upb_baredecoder_startmsg(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - *(d->top++) = d->offset + d->delimited_len; - return true; -} - -static bool upb_baredecoder_endmsg(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - d->offset = *(--d->top); - return true; -} - -static upb_src_vtable upb_baredecoder_src_vtbl = { - (upb_src_getdef_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_getdef, - (upb_src_getval_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_getval, - (upb_src_skipval_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_skipval, - (upb_src_startmsg_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_startmsg, - (upb_src_endmsg_fptr)&upb_baredecoder_endmsg, -}; - -static upb_baredecoder *upb_baredecoder_new(upb_string *str) -{ - upb_baredecoder *d = malloc(sizeof(*d)); - d->input = upb_string_getref(str); - d->str = upb_string_new(); - d->top = &d->stack[0]; - upb_src_init(&d->src, &upb_baredecoder_src_vtbl); - return d; -} - -static void upb_baredecoder_free(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - upb_string_unref(d->input); - upb_string_unref(d->str); - free(d); -} - -static upb_src *upb_baredecoder_src(upb_baredecoder *d) -{ - return &d->src; -} - -upb_symtab *upb_get_descriptor_symtab() -{ - // TODO: implement sharing of symtabs, so that successive calls to this - // function will return the same symtab. - upb_symtab *symtab = upb_symtab_new(); - // TODO: allow upb_strings to be static or on the stack. - upb_string *descriptor = upb_strduplen(descriptor_pb, descriptor_pb_len); - upb_baredecoder *decoder = upb_baredecoder_new(descriptor); - upb_status status; - upb_symtab_addfds(symtab, upb_baredecoder_src(decoder), &status); - assert(upb_ok(&status)); - upb_baredecoder_free(decoder); - upb_string_unref(descriptor); - return symtab; -} diff --git a/src/upb_def.h b/src/upb_def.h deleted file mode 100644 index c297e83..0000000 --- a/src/upb_def.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,302 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - * - * Provides definitions of .proto constructs: - * - upb_msgdef: describes a "message" construct. - * - upb_fielddef: describes a message field. - * - upb_enumdef: describes an enum. - * (TODO: definitions of extensions and services). - * - * Defs are obtained from a upb_symtab object. A upb_symtab is empty when - * constructed, and definitions can be added by supplying serialized - * descriptors. - * - * Defs are immutable and reference-counted. Symbol tables reference any defs - * that are the "current" definitions. If an extension is loaded that adds a - * field to an existing message, a new msgdef is constructed that includes the - * new field and the old msgdef is unref'd. The old msgdef will still be ref'd - * by messages (if any) that were constructed with that msgdef. - * - * This file contains routines for creating and manipulating the definitions - * themselves. To create and manipulate actual messages, see upb_msg.h. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_DEF_H_ -#define UPB_DEF_H_ - -#include "upb_atomic.h" -#include "upb_stream.h" -#include "upb_table.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* upb_def: base class for defs **********************************************/ - -// All the different kind of defs we support. These correspond 1:1 with -// declarations in a .proto file. -typedef enum { - UPB_DEF_MSG = 0, - UPB_DEF_ENUM, - UPB_DEF_SVC, - UPB_DEF_EXT, - // Internal-only, placeholder for a def that hasn't be resolved yet. - UPB_DEF_UNRESOLVED, - - // For specifying that defs of any type are requsted from getdefs. - UPB_DEF_ANY = -1 -} upb_def_type; - -// This typedef is more space-efficient than declaring an enum var directly. -typedef int8_t upb_def_type_t; - -typedef struct { - upb_string *fqname; // Fully qualified. - upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; - upb_def_type_t type; - - // The is_cyclic flag could go in upb_msgdef instead of here, because only - // messages can be involved in cycles. However, putting them here is free - // from a space perspective because structure alignment will otherwise leave - // three bytes empty after type. It is also makes ref and unref more - // efficient, because we don't have to downcast to msgdef before checking the - // is_cyclic flag. - bool is_cyclic; - uint16_t search_depth; // Used during initialization dfs. -} upb_def; - -// These must not be called directly! -void _upb_def_cyclic_ref(upb_def *def); -void _upb_def_reftozero(upb_def *def); - -// Call to ref/deref a def. -INLINE void upb_def_ref(upb_def *def) { - if(upb_atomic_ref(&def->refcount) && def->is_cyclic) _upb_def_cyclic_ref(def); -} -INLINE void upb_def_unref(upb_def *def) { - if(upb_atomic_unref(&def->refcount)) _upb_def_reftozero(def); -} - -/* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/ - -// A upb_fielddef describes a single field in a message. It isn't a full def -// in the sense that it derives from upb_def. It cannot stand on its own; it -// is either a field of a upb_msgdef or contained inside a upb_extensiondef. -// It is also reference-counted. -typedef struct _upb_fielddef { - upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; - upb_string *name; - upb_field_number_t number; - upb_field_type_t type; - upb_label_t label; - upb_value default_value; - - // For the case of an enum or a submessage, points to the def for that type. - upb_def *def; - - // True if we own a ref on "def" (above). This is true unless this edge is - // part of a cycle. - bool owned; - - // These are set only when this fielddef is part of a msgdef. - uint32_t byte_offset; // Where in a upb_msg to find the data. - upb_field_count_t field_index; // Indicates set bit. -} upb_fielddef; - -// A variety of tests about the type of a field. -INLINE bool upb_issubmsg(upb_fielddef *f) { - return upb_issubmsgtype(f->type); -} -INLINE bool upb_isstring(upb_fielddef *f) { - return upb_isstringtype(f->type); -} -INLINE bool upb_isarray(upb_fielddef *f) { - return f->label == UPB_LABEL(REPEATED); -} -// Does the type of this field imply that it should contain an associated def? -INLINE bool upb_hasdef(upb_fielddef *f) { - return upb_issubmsg(f) || f->type == UPB_TYPE(ENUM); -} - -INLINE bool upb_field_ismm(upb_fielddef *f) { - return upb_isarray(f) || upb_isstring(f) || upb_issubmsg(f); -} - -INLINE bool upb_elem_ismm(upb_fielddef *f) { - return upb_isstring(f) || upb_issubmsg(f); -} - -/* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/ - -// Structure that describes a single .proto message type. -typedef struct _upb_msgdef { - upb_def base; - upb_atomic_refcount_t cycle_refcount; - size_t size; - upb_field_count_t num_fields; - uint32_t set_flags_bytes; - uint32_t num_required_fields; // Required fields have the lowest set bytemasks. - upb_fielddef *fields; // We have exclusive ownership of these. - - // Tables for looking up fields by number and name. - upb_inttable itof; // int to field - upb_strtable ntof; // name to field -} upb_msgdef; - -// Hash table entries for looking up fields by name or number. -typedef struct { - upb_inttable_entry e; - upb_fielddef *f; -} upb_itof_ent; -typedef struct { - upb_strtable_entry e; - upb_fielddef *f; -} upb_ntof_ent; - -// Looks up a field by name or number. While these are written to be as fast -// as possible, it will still be faster to cache the results of this lookup if -// possible. These return NULL if no such field is found. -INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msg_itof(upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t num) { - upb_itof_ent *e = - (upb_itof_ent*)upb_inttable_fastlookup(&m->itof, num, sizeof(*e)); - return e ? e->f : NULL; -} - -INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msg_ntof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_string *name) { - upb_ntof_ent *e = (upb_ntof_ent*)upb_strtable_lookup(&m->ntof, name); - return e ? e->f : NULL; -} - -/* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/ - -typedef struct _upb_enumdef { - upb_def base; - upb_strtable ntoi; - upb_inttable iton; -} upb_enumdef; - -typedef int32_t upb_enumval_t; - -// Lookups from name to integer and vice-versa. -bool upb_enumdef_ntoi(upb_enumdef *e, upb_string *name, upb_enumval_t *num); -upb_string *upb_enumdef_iton(upb_enumdef *e, upb_enumval_t num); - -// Iteration over name/value pairs. The order is undefined. -// upb_enum_iter i; -// for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) { -// // ... -// } -typedef struct { - upb_enumdef *e; - void *state; // Internal iteration state. - upb_string *name; - upb_enumval_t val; -} upb_enum_iter; -void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, upb_enumdef *e); -void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter); -bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter); - -/* upb_symtab *****************************************************************/ - -// A SymbolTable is where upb_defs live. It is empty when first constructed. -// Clients add definitions to the symtab by supplying unserialized or -// serialized descriptors (as defined in descriptor.proto). -typedef struct { - upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; - upb_rwlock_t lock; // Protects all members except the refcount. - upb_msgdef *fds_msgdef; // In psymtab, ptr here for convenience. - - // Our symbol tables; we own refs to the defs therein. - upb_strtable symtab; // The main symbol table. - upb_strtable psymtab; // Private symbols, for internal use. -} upb_symtab; - -// Initializes a upb_symtab. Contexts are not freed explicitly, but unref'd -// when the caller is done with them. -upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(void); -void _upb_symtab_free(upb_symtab *s); // Must not be called directly! - -INLINE void upb_symtab_ref(upb_symtab *s) { upb_atomic_ref(&s->refcount); } -INLINE void upb_symtab_unref(upb_symtab *s) { - if(upb_atomic_unref(&s->refcount)) _upb_symtab_free(s); -} - -// Resolves the given symbol using the rules described in descriptor.proto, -// namely: -// -// If the name starts with a '.', it is fully-qualified. Otherwise, C++-like -// scoping rules are used to find the type (i.e. first the nested types -// within this message are searched, then within the parent, on up to the -// root namespace). -// -// If a def is found, the caller owns one ref on the returned def. Otherwise -// returns NULL. -upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *base, upb_string *sym); - -// Find an entry in the symbol table with this exact name. If a def is found, -// the caller owns one ref on the returned def. Otherwise returns NULL. -upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(upb_symtab *s, upb_string *sym); - -// Gets an array of pointers to all currently active defs in this symtab. The -// caller owns the returned array (which is of length *count) as well as a ref -// to each symbol inside. If type is UPB_DEF_ANY then defs of all types are -// returned, otherwise only defs of the required type are returned. -upb_def **upb_symtab_getdefs(upb_symtab *s, int *count, upb_def_type_t type); - -// "fds" is a upb_src that will yield data from the -// google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet message type. upb_symtab_addfds() adds -// all the definitions from the given FileDescriptorSet and adds them to the -// symtab. status indicates whether the operation was successful or not, and -// the error message (if any). -// -// TODO: should this allow redefinition? Either is possible, but which is -// more useful? Maybe it should be an option. -void upb_symtab_addfds(upb_symtab *s, upb_src *desc, upb_status *status); - -// Returns a symtab that defines google.protobuf.DescriptorProto and all other -// types that are defined in descriptor.proto. This allows you to load other -// proto types. The caller owns a ref on the returned symtab. -upb_symtab *upb_get_descriptor_symtab(); - - -/* upb_def casts **************************************************************/ - -// Dynamic casts, for determining if a def is of a particular type at runtime. -#define UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(lower, upper) \ - struct _upb_ ## lower; /* Forward-declare. */ \ - INLINE struct _upb_ ## lower *upb_dyncast_ ## lower(upb_def *def) { \ - if(def->type != UPB_DEF_ ## upper) return NULL; \ - return (struct _upb_ ## lower*)def; \ - } -UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(msgdef, MSG); -UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(enumdef, ENUM); -UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(svcdef, SVC); -UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(extdef, EXT); -UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF(unresolveddef, UNRESOLVED); -#undef UPB_DYNAMIC_CAST_DEF - -// Downcasts, for when some wants to assert that a def is of a particular type. -// These are only checked if we are building debug. -#define UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(lower, upper) \ - struct _upb_ ## lower; /* Forward-declare. */ \ - INLINE struct _upb_ ## lower *upb_downcast_ ## lower(upb_def *def) { \ - assert(def->type == UPB_DEF_ ## upper); \ - return (struct _upb_ ## lower*)def; \ - } -UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(msgdef, MSG); -UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(enumdef, ENUM); -UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(svcdef, SVC); -UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(extdef, EXT); -UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF(unresolveddef, UNRESOLVED); -#undef UPB_DOWNCAST_DEF - -#define UPB_UPCAST(ptr) (&(ptr)->base) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif /* UPB_DEF_H_ */ diff --git a/src/upb_encoder.c b/src/upb_encoder.c deleted file mode 100644 index 304a423..0000000 --- a/src/upb_encoder.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,420 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#include "upb_encoder.h" - -#include -#include "descriptor.h" - -/* Functions for calculating sizes of wire values. ****************************/ - -static size_t upb_v_uint64_t_size(uint64_t val) { -#ifdef __GNUC__ - int high_bit = 63 - __builtin_clzll(val); // 0-based, undef if val == 0. -#else - int high_bit = 0; - uint64_t tmp = val; - while(tmp >>= 1) high_bit++; -#endif - return val == 0 ? 1 : high_bit / 7 + 1; -} - -static size_t upb_v_int32_t_size(int32_t val) { - // v_uint32's are sign-extended to maintain wire compatibility with int64s. - return upb_v_uint64_t_size((int64_t)val); -} -static size_t upb_v_uint32_t_size(uint32_t val) { - return upb_v_uint64_t_size(val); -} -static size_t upb_f_uint64_t_size(uint64_t val) { - (void)val; // Length is independent of value. - return sizeof(uint64_t); -} -static size_t upb_f_uint32_t_size(uint32_t val) { - (void)val; // Length is independent of value. - return sizeof(uint32_t); -} - - -/* Functions to write wire values. ********************************************/ - -// Since we know in advance the longest that the value could be, we always make -// sure that our buffer is long enough. This saves us from having to perform -// bounds checks. - -// Puts a varint (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT). -static uint8_t *upb_put_v_uint64_t(uint8_t *buf, uint64_t val) -{ - do { - uint8_t byte = val & 0x7f; - val >>= 7; - if(val) byte |= 0x80; - *buf++ = byte; - } while(val); - return buf; -} - -// Puts an unsigned 32-bit varint, verbatim. Never uses the high 64 bits. -static uint8_t *upb_put_v_uint32_t(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t val) -{ - return upb_put_v_uint64_t(buf, val); -} - -// Puts a signed 32-bit varint, first sign-extending to 64-bits. We do this to -// maintain wire-compatibility with 64-bit signed integers. -static uint8_t *upb_put_v_int32_t(uint8_t *buf, int32_t val) -{ - return upb_put_v_uint64_t(buf, (int64_t)val); -} - -static void upb_put32(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t val) { - buf[0] = val & 0xff; - buf[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff; - buf[2] = (val >> 16) & 0xff; - buf[3] = (val >> 24); -} - -// Puts a fixed-length 32-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT). -static uint8_t *upb_put_f_uint32_t(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t val) -{ - uint8_t *uint32_end = buf + sizeof(uint32_t); -#if UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK - *(uint32_t*)buf = val; -#else - upb_put32(buf, val); -#endif - return uint32_end; -} - -// Puts a fixed-length 64-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT). -static uint8_t *upb_put_f_uint64_t(uint8_t *buf, uint64_t val) -{ - uint8_t *uint64_end = buf + sizeof(uint64_t); -#if UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK - *(uint64_t*)buf = val; -#else - upb_put32(buf, (uint32_t)val); - upb_put32(buf, (uint32_t)(val >> 32)); -#endif - return uint64_end; -} - -/* Functions to write and calculate sizes for .proto values. ******************/ - -// Performs zig-zag encoding, which is used by sint32 and sint64. -static uint32_t upb_zzenc_32(int32_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 31); } -static uint64_t upb_zzenc_64(int64_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 63); } - -/* Use macros to define a set of two functions for each .proto type: - * - * // Converts and writes a .proto value into buf. "end" indicates the end - * // of the current available buffer (if the buffer does not contain enough - * // space UPB_STATUS_NEED_MORE_DATA is returned). On success, *outbuf will - * // point one past the data that was written. - * uint8_t *upb_put_INT32(uint8_t *buf, int32_t val); - * - * // Returns the number of bytes required to encode val. - * size_t upb_get_INT32_size(int32_t val); - * - * // Given a .proto value s (source) convert it to a wire value. - * uint32_t upb_vtowv_INT32(int32_t s); - */ - -#define VTOWV(type, wire_t, val_t) \ - static wire_t upb_vtowv_ ## type(val_t s) - -#define PUT(type, v_or_f, wire_t, val_t, member_name) \ - static uint8_t *upb_put_ ## type(uint8_t *buf, val_t val) { \ - wire_t tmp = upb_vtowv_ ## type(val); \ - return upb_put_ ## v_or_f ## _ ## wire_t(buf, tmp); \ - } - -#define T(type, v_or_f, wire_t, val_t, member_name) \ - static size_t upb_get_ ## type ## _size(val_t val) { \ - return upb_ ## v_or_f ## _ ## wire_t ## _size(val); \ - } \ - VTOWV(type, wire_t, val_t); /* prototype for PUT below */ \ - PUT(type, v_or_f, wire_t, val_t, member_name) \ - VTOWV(type, wire_t, val_t) - -T(INT32, v, int32_t, int32_t, int32) { return (uint32_t)s; } -T(INT64, v, uint64_t, int64_t, int64) { return (uint64_t)s; } -T(UINT32, v, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32) { return s; } -T(UINT64, v, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64) { return s; } -T(SINT32, v, uint32_t, int32_t, int32) { return upb_zzenc_32(s); } -T(SINT64, v, uint64_t, int64_t, int64) { return upb_zzenc_64(s); } -T(FIXED32, f, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32) { return s; } -T(FIXED64, f, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64) { return s; } -T(SFIXED32, f, uint32_t, int32_t, int32) { return (uint32_t)s; } -T(SFIXED64, f, uint64_t, int64_t, int64) { return (uint64_t)s; } -T(BOOL, v, uint32_t, bool, _bool) { return (uint32_t)s; } -T(ENUM, v, uint32_t, int32_t, int32) { return (uint32_t)s; } -T(DOUBLE, f, uint64_t, double, _double) { - upb_value v; - v._double = s; - return v.uint64; -} -T(FLOAT, f, uint32_t, float, _float) { - upb_value v; - v._float = s; - return v.uint32; -} -#undef VTOWV -#undef PUT -#undef T - -static uint8_t *upb_encode_value(uint8_t *buf, upb_field_type_t ft, upb_value v) -{ -#define CASE(t, member_name) \ - case UPB_TYPE(t): return upb_put_ ## t(buf, v.member_name); - switch(ft) { - CASE(DOUBLE, _double) - CASE(FLOAT, _float) - CASE(INT32, int32) - CASE(INT64, int64) - CASE(UINT32, uint32) - CASE(UINT64, uint64) - CASE(SINT32, int32) - CASE(SINT64, int64) - CASE(FIXED32, uint32) - CASE(FIXED64, uint64) - CASE(SFIXED32, int32) - CASE(SFIXED64, int64) - CASE(BOOL, _bool) - CASE(ENUM, int32) - default: assert(false); return buf; - } -#undef CASE -} - -static uint32_t _upb_get_value_size(upb_field_type_t ft, upb_value v) -{ -#define CASE(t, member_name) \ - case UPB_TYPE(t): return upb_get_ ## t ## _size(v.member_name); - switch(ft) { - CASE(DOUBLE, _double) - CASE(FLOAT, _float) - CASE(INT32, int32) - CASE(INT64, int64) - CASE(UINT32, uint32) - CASE(UINT64, uint64) - CASE(SINT32, int32) - CASE(SINT64, int64) - CASE(FIXED32, uint32) - CASE(FIXED64, uint64) - CASE(SFIXED32, int32) - CASE(SFIXED64, int64) - CASE(BOOL, _bool) - CASE(ENUM, int32) - default: assert(false); return 0; - } -#undef CASE -} - -static uint8_t *_upb_put_tag(uint8_t *buf, upb_field_number_t num, - upb_wire_type_t wt) -{ - return upb_put_UINT32(buf, wt | (num << 3)); -} - -static uint32_t _upb_get_tag_size(upb_field_number_t num) -{ - return upb_get_UINT32_size(num << 3); -} - - -/* upb_sizebuilder ************************************************************/ - -struct upb_sizebuilder { - // Accumulating size for the current level. - uint32_t size; - - // Stack of sizes for our current nesting. - uint32_t stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING], *top; - - // Vector of sizes. - uint32_t *sizes; - int sizes_len; - int sizes_size; - - upb_status status; -}; - -// upb_sink callbacks. -static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_valuecb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_value val, - upb_status *status) -{ - (void)status; - upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; - uint32_t size = 0; - size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); - size += _upb_get_value_size(f->type, val); - sb->size += size; - return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; -} - -static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_strcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_strptr str, - int32_t start, uint32_t end, - upb_status *status) -{ - (void)status; - (void)str; // String data itself is not used. - upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; - if(start >= 0) { - uint32_t size = 0; - size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); - size += upb_get_UINT32_size(end - start); - sb->size += size; - } - return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; -} - -static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_startcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_status *status) -{ - (void)status; - (void)f; // Unused (we calculate tag size and delimiter in endcb). - upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; - if(f->type == UPB_TYPE(MESSAGE)) { - *sb->top = sb->size; - sb->top++; - sb->size = 0; - } else { - assert(f->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)); - sb->size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); - } - return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; -} - -static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_endcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_status *status) -{ - (void)status; - upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; - if(f->type == UPB_TYPE(MESSAGE)) { - sb->top--; - if(sb->sizes_len == sb->sizes_size) { - sb->sizes_size *= 2; - sb->sizes = realloc(sb->sizes, sb->sizes_size * sizeof(*sb->sizes)); - } - uint32_t child_size = sb->size; - uint32_t parent_size = *sb->top; - sb->sizes[sb->sizes_len++] = child_size; - // The size according to the parent includes the tag size and delimiter of - // the submessage. - parent_size += upb_get_UINT32_size(child_size); - parent_size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); - // Include size accumulated in parent before child began. - sb->size = child_size + parent_size; - } else { - assert(f->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)); - // As an optimization, we could just add this number twice in startcb, to - // avoid having to recalculate it. - sb->size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); - } - return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; -} - -upb_sink_callbacks _upb_sizebuilder_sink_vtbl = { - _upb_sizebuilder_valuecb, - _upb_sizebuilder_strcb, - _upb_sizebuilder_startcb, - _upb_sizebuilder_endcb -}; - - -/* upb_sink callbacks *********************************************************/ - -struct upb_encoder { - upb_sink base; - //upb_bytesink *bytesink; - uint32_t *sizes; - int size_offset; -}; - - -// Within one callback we may need to encode up to two separate values. -#define UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE (UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE * 2) - -static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_push_buf(upb_encoder *s, const uint8_t *buf, - size_t len, upb_status *status) -{ - // TODO: conjure a upb_strptr that points to buf. - //upb_strptr ptr; - (void)s; - (void)buf; - (void)status; - size_t written = 5;// = upb_bytesink_onbytes(s->bytesink, ptr); - if(written < len) { - // TODO: mark to skip "written" bytes next time. - return UPB_SINK_STOP; - } else { - return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; - } -} - -static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_valuecb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_value val, upb_status *status) -{ - upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; - uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; - upb_wire_type_t wt = upb_types[f->type].expected_wire_type; - // TODO: handle packed encoding. - ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, wt); - ptr = upb_encode_value(ptr, f->type, val); - return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); -} - -static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_strcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_strptr str, - int32_t start, uint32_t end, - upb_status *status) -{ - upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; - uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; - if(start >= 0) { - ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED); - ptr = upb_put_UINT32(ptr, end - start); - } - // TODO: properly handle partially consumed strings and partially supplied - // strings. - _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); - return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(str), end - start, status); -} - -static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_startcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_status *status) -{ - upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; - uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; - if(f->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) { - ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP); - } else { - ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED); - ptr = upb_put_UINT32(ptr, s->sizes[--s->size_offset]); - } - return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); -} - -static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_endcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, - upb_status *status) -{ - upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; - uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; - if(f->type != UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; - ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP); - return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); -} - -upb_sink_callbacks _upb_encoder_sink_vtbl = { - _upb_encoder_valuecb, - _upb_encoder_strcb, - _upb_encoder_startcb, - _upb_encoder_endcb -}; - diff --git a/src/upb_encoder.h b/src/upb_encoder.h deleted file mode 100644 index e879b0b..0000000 --- a/src/upb_encoder.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Implements a upb_sink that writes protobuf data to the binary wire format. - * - * For messages that have any submessages, the encoder needs a buffer - * containing the submessage sizes, so they can be properly written at the - * front of each message. Note that groups do *not* have this requirement. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_ENCODER_H_ -#define UPB_ENCODER_H_ - -#include "upb.h" -#include "upb_srcsink.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* upb_encoder ****************************************************************/ - -// A upb_encoder is a upb_sink that emits data to a upb_bytesink in the protocol -// buffer binary wire format. -struct upb_encoder; -typedef struct upb_encoder upb_encoder; - -upb_encoder *upb_encoder_new(upb_msgdef *md); -void upb_encoder_free(upb_encoder *e); - -// Resets the given upb_encoder such that is is ready to begin encoding, -// outputting data to "bytesink" (which must live until the encoder is -// reset or destroyed). -void upb_encoder_reset(upb_encoder *e, upb_bytesink *bytesink); - -// Returns the upb_sink to which data can be written. The sink is invalidated -// when the encoder is reset or destroyed. Note that if the client wants to -// encode any length-delimited submessages it must first call -// upb_encoder_buildsizes() below. -upb_sink *upb_encoder_sink(upb_encoder *e); - -// Call prior to pushing any data with embedded submessages. "src" must yield -// exactly the same data as what will next be encoded, but in reverse order. -// The encoder iterates over this data in order to determine the sizes of the -// submessages. If any errors are returned by the upb_src, the status will -// be saved in *status. If the client is sure that the upb_src will not throw -// any errors, "status" may be NULL. -void upb_encoder_buildsizes(upb_encoder *e, upb_src *src, upb_status *status); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif /* UPB_ENCODER_H_ */ diff --git a/src/upb_inlinedefs.c b/src/upb_inlinedefs.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5db04f6..0000000 --- a/src/upb_inlinedefs.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * This file, if compiled, will contain standalone (non-inlined) versions of - * all inline functions defined in header files. We don't generally use this - * file since we use "static inline" for inline functions (which will put a - * standalone version of the function in any .o file that needs it, but - * compiling this file and dumping the object file will let us inspect how - * inline functions are compiled, so we keep it around. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#define INLINE -#include "upb.h" -#include "upb_data.h" -#include "upb_def.h" -#include "upb_parse.h" -#include "upb_table.h" -#include "upb_text.h" diff --git a/src/upb_stream.h b/src/upb_stream.h deleted file mode 100644 index e7b4074..0000000 --- a/src/upb_stream.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * This file defines four general-purpose streaming interfaces for protobuf - * data or bytes: - * - * - upb_src: pull interface for protobuf data. - * - upb_sink: push interface for protobuf data. - * - upb_bytesrc: pull interface for bytes. - * - upb_bytesink: push interface for bytes. - * - * These interfaces are used as general-purpose glue in upb. For example, the - * decoder interface works by implementing a upb_src and calling a upb_bytesrc. - * - * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - * - */ - -#ifndef UPB_SRCSINK_H -#define UPB_SRCSINK_H - -#include "upb_stream_vtbl.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -// Forward-declare. We can't include upb_def.h; it would be circular. -struct _upb_fielddef; - -// Note! The "eof" flags work like feof() in C; they cannot report end-of-file -// until a read has failed due to eof. They cannot preemptively tell you that -// the next call will fail due to eof. Since these are the semantics that C -// and UNIX provide, we're stuck with them if we want to support eg. stdio. - -/* upb_src ********************************************************************/ - -// TODO: decide how to handle unknown fields. - -// Retrieves the fielddef for the next field in the stream. Returns NULL on -// error or end-of-stream. -struct _upb_fielddef *upb_src_getdef(upb_src *src); - -// Retrieves and stores the next value in "val". For string types "val" must -// be a newly-recycled string. Returns false on error. -bool upb_src_getval(upb_src *src, upb_valueptr val); -bool upb_src_getstr(upb_src *src, upb_string *val); - -// Like upb_src_getval() but skips the value. -bool upb_src_skipval(upb_src *src); - -// Descends into a submessage. May only be called after a def has been -// returned that indicates a submessage. -bool upb_src_startmsg(upb_src *src); - -// Stops reading a submessage. May be called before the stream is EOF, in -// which case the rest of the submessage is skipped. -bool upb_src_endmsg(upb_src *src); - -// Returns the current error/eof status for the stream. -INLINE upb_status *upb_src_status(upb_src *src) { return &src->status; } -INLINE bool upb_src_eof(upb_src *src) { return src->eof; } - -// The following functions are equivalent to upb_src_getval(), but take -// pointers to specific types. In debug mode this may check that the type -// is compatible with the type being read. This check will *not* be performed -// in non-debug mode, and if you get the type wrong the behavior is undefined. -bool upb_src_getbool(upb_src *src, bool *val); -bool upb_src_getint32(upb_src *src, int32_t *val); -bool upb_src_getint64(upb_src *src, int64_t *val); -bool upb_src_getuint32(upb_src *src, uint32_t *val); -bool upb_src_getuint64(upb_src *src, uint64_t *val); -bool upb_src_getfloat(upb_src *src, float *val); -bool upb_src_getdouble(upb_src *src, double *val); - -/* upb_sink *******************************************************************/ - -// Puts the given fielddef into the stream. -bool upb_sink_putdef(upb_sink *sink, struct _upb_fielddef *def); - -// Puts the given value into the stream. -bool upb_sink_putval(upb_sink *sink, upb_value val); - -// Starts a submessage. (needed? the def tells us we're starting a submsg.) -bool upb_sink_startmsg(upb_sink *sink); - -// Ends a submessage. -bool upb_sink_endmsg(upb_sink *sink); - -// Returns the current error status for the stream. -upb_status *upb_sink_status(upb_sink *sink); - -/* upb_bytesrc ****************************************************************/ - -// Returns the next string in the stream. false is returned on error or eof. -// The string must be at least "minlen" bytes long unless the stream is eof. -bool upb_bytesrc_get(upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t minlen); - -// Appends the next "len" bytes in the stream in-place to "str". This should -// be used when the caller needs to build a contiguous string of the existing -// data in "str" with more data. -bool upb_bytesrc_append(upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len); - -// Returns the current error status for the stream. -INLINE upb_status *upb_bytesrc_status(upb_bytesrc *src) { return &src->status; } -INLINE bool upb_bytesrc_eof(upb_bytesrc *src) { return src->eof; } - -/* upb_bytesink ***************************************************************/ - -// Puts the given string. Returns the number of bytes that were actually, -// consumed, which may be fewer than were in the string, or <0 on error. -int32_t upb_bytesink_put(upb_bytesink *sink, upb_string *str); - -// Returns the current error status for the stream. -upb_status *upb_bytesink_status(upb_bytesink *sink); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/src/upb_stream_vtbl.h b/src/upb_stream_vtbl.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0ec45d2..0000000 --- a/src/upb_stream_vtbl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * vtable declarations for types that are implementing any of the src or sink - * interfaces. Only components that are implementing these interfaces need - * to worry about this file. - * - * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_SRCSINK_VTBL_H_ -#define UPB_SRCSINK_VTBL_H_ - -#include "upb.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -struct upb_src; -typedef struct upb_src upb_src; -struct upb_sink; -typedef struct upb_sink upb_sink; -struct upb_bytesrc; -typedef struct upb_bytesrc upb_bytesrc; -struct upb_bytesink; -typedef struct upb_bytesink upb_bytesink; - -// Typedefs for function pointers to all of the virtual functions. -typedef struct _upb_fielddef (*upb_src_getdef_fptr)(upb_src *src); -typedef bool (*upb_src_getval_fptr)(upb_src *src, upb_valueptr val); -typedef bool (*upb_src_skipval_fptr)(upb_src *src); -typedef bool (*upb_src_startmsg_fptr)(upb_src *src); -typedef bool (*upb_src_endmsg_fptr)(upb_src *src); - -typedef bool (*upb_sink_putdef_fptr)(upb_sink *sink, struct _upb_fielddef *def); -typedef bool (*upb_sink_putval_fptr)(upb_sink *sink, upb_value val); -typedef bool (*upb_sink_startmsg_fptr)(upb_sink *sink); -typedef bool (*upb_sink_endmsg_fptr)(upb_sink *sink); - -typedef upb_string *(*upb_bytesrc_get_fptr)(upb_bytesrc *src); -typedef void (*upb_bytesrc_recycle_fptr)(upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str); -typedef bool (*upb_bytesrc_append_fptr)( - upb_bytesrc *src, upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len); - -typedef int32_t (*upb_bytesink_put_fptr)(upb_bytesink *sink, upb_string *str); - -// Vtables for the above interfaces. -typedef struct { - upb_src_getdef_fptr getdef; - upb_src_getval_fptr getval; - upb_src_skipval_fptr skipval; - upb_src_startmsg_fptr startmsg; - upb_src_endmsg_fptr endmsg; -} upb_src_vtable; - -typedef struct { - upb_bytesrc_get_fptr get; - upb_bytesrc_append_fptr append; - upb_bytesrc_recycle_fptr recycle; -} upb_bytesrc_vtable; - -// "Base Class" definitions; components that implement these interfaces should -// contain one of these structures. - -struct upb_src { - upb_src_vtable *vtbl; - upb_status status; - bool eof; -#ifndef NDEBUG - int state; // For debug-mode checking of API usage. -#endif -}; - -struct upb_bytesrc { - upb_bytesrc_vtable *vtbl; - upb_status status; - bool eof; -}; - -INLINE void upb_src_init(upb_src *s, upb_src_vtable *vtbl) { - s->vtbl = vtbl; - s->eof = false; -#ifndef DEBUG - // TODO: initialize debug-mode checking. -#endif -} - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/src/upb_string.c b/src/upb_string.c deleted file mode 100644 index 91ab9ae..0000000 --- a/src/upb_string.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#include "upb_string.h" - -#include - -#define UPB_STRING_UNFINALIZED -1 - -static uint32_t upb_round_up_pow2(uint32_t v) { - // http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html#RoundUpPowerOf2 - v--; - v |= v >> 1; - v |= v >> 2; - v |= v >> 4; - v |= v >> 8; - v |= v >> 16; - v++; - return v; -} - -upb_string *upb_string_new() { - upb_string *str = malloc(sizeof(*str)); - str->ptr = NULL; - str->size = 0; - str->len = UPB_STRING_UNFINALIZED; - upb_atomic_refcount_init(&str->refcount, 1); - return str; -} - -void _upb_string_free(upb_string *str) { - if(str->ptr) free(str->ptr); - free(str); -} - -char *upb_string_getrwbuf(upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len) { - assert(str->len == UPB_STRING_UNFINALIZED); - if (str->size < len) { - str->size = upb_round_up_pow2(len); - str->ptr = realloc(str->ptr, str->size); - } - str->len = len; - return str->ptr; -} diff --git a/src/upb_string.h b/src/upb_string.h deleted file mode 100644 index 770dba7..0000000 --- a/src/upb_string.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - * - * This file defines a simple string type. The overriding goal of upb_string - * is to avoid memcpy(), malloc(), and free() wheverever possible, while - * keeping both CPU and memory overhead low. Throughout upb there are - * situations where one wants to reference all or part of another string - * without copying. upb_string provides APIs for doing this. - * - * Characteristics of upb_string: - * - strings are reference-counted. - * - strings are logically immutable. - * - if a string has no other referents, it can be "recycled" into a new string - * without having to reallocate the upb_string. - * - strings can be substrings of other strings (owning a ref on the source - * string). - * - strings can refer to memory that they do not own, in which case we avoid - * copies if possible (the exact strategy for doing this can vary). - * - strings are not thread-safe by default, but can be made so by calling a - * function. This is not the default because it causes extra CPU overhead. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_STRING_H -#define UPB_STRING_H - -#include -#include -#include "upb_atomic.h" -#include "upb.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -// All members of this struct are private, and may only be read/written through -// the associated functions. Also, strings may *only* be allocated on the heap. -struct _upb_string { - char *ptr; - int32_t len; - uint32_t size; - upb_atomic_refcount_t refcount; - union { - // Used if this is a slice of another string. - struct _upb_string *src; - // Used if this string is referencing external unowned memory. - upb_atomic_refcount_t reader_count; - } extra; -}; - -// Returns a newly-created, empty, non-finalized string. When the string is no -// longer needed, it should be unref'd, never freed directly. -upb_string *upb_string_new(); - -void _upb_string_free(upb_string *str); - -// Releases a ref on the given string, which may free the memory. "str" -// can be NULL, in which case this is a no-op. -INLINE void upb_string_unref(upb_string *str) { - if (str && upb_atomic_unref(&str->refcount)) _upb_string_free(str); -} - -// Returns a string with the same contents as "str". The caller owns a ref on -// the returned string, which may or may not be the same object as "str. -INLINE upb_string *upb_string_getref(upb_string *str) { - // If/when we support stack-allocated strings, this will have to allocate - // a new string if the given string is on the stack. - upb_atomic_ref(&str->refcount); - return str; -} - -// Returns the length of the string. -INLINE upb_strlen_t upb_string_len(upb_string *str) { return str->len; } - -// Use to read the bytes of the string. The caller *must* call -// upb_string_endread() after the data has been read. The window between -// upb_string_getrobuf() and upb_string_endread() should be kept as short as -// possible, because any pending upb_string_detach() may be blocked until -// upb_string_endread is called(). No other functions may be called on the -// string during this window except upb_string_len(). -INLINE const char *upb_string_getrobuf(upb_string *str) { return str->ptr; } -INLINE void upb_string_endread(upb_string *str) { (void)str; } - -// Attempts to recycle the string "str" so it may be reused and have different -// data written to it. The returned string is either "str" if it could be -// recycled or a newly created string if "str" has other references. -// -// As a special case, passing NULL will allocate a new string. This is -// convenient for the pattern: -// -// upb_string *str = NULL; -// while (x) { -// if (y) { -// str = upb_string_tryrecycle(str); -// upb_src_getstr(str); -// } -// } -upb_string *upb_string_tryrecycle(upb_string *str); - -// The three options for setting the contents of a string. These may only be -// called when a string is first created or recycled; once other functions have -// been called on the string, these functions are not allowed until the string -// is recycled. - -// Gets a pointer suitable for writing to the string, which is guaranteed to -// have at least "len" bytes of data available. The size of the string will -// become "len". -char *upb_string_getrwbuf(upb_string *str, upb_strlen_t len); - -// Sets the contents of "str" to be the given substring of "target_str", to -// which the caller must own a ref. -void upb_string_substr(upb_string *str, upb_string *target_str, - upb_strlen_t start, upb_strlen_t len); - -// Makes the string "str" a reference to the given string data. The caller -// guarantees that the given string data will not change or be deleted until -// a matching call to upb_string_detach(). -void upb_string_attach(upb_string *str, char *ptr, upb_strlen_t len); -void upb_string_detach(upb_string *str); - -// Allows using upb_strings in printf, ie: -// upb_strptr str = UPB_STRLIT("Hello, World!\n"); -// printf("String is: " UPB_STRFMT, UPB_STRARG(str)); */ -#define UPB_STRARG(str) upb_string_len(str), upb_string_getrobuf(str) -#define UPB_STRFMT "%.*s" - -/* upb_string library functions ***********************************************/ - -// Named like their counterparts, these are all safe against buffer -// overflow. These only use the public upb_string interface. - -// More efficient than upb_strcmp if all you need is to test equality. -INLINE bool upb_streql(upb_string *s1, upb_string *s2) { - upb_strlen_t len = upb_string_len(s1); - if(len != upb_string_len(s2)) { - return false; - } else { - bool ret = - memcmp(upb_string_getrobuf(s1), upb_string_getrobuf(s2), len) == 0; - upb_string_endread(s1); - upb_string_endread(s2); - return ret; - } -} - -// Like strcmp(). -int upb_strcmp(upb_string *s1, upb_string *s2); - -// Like upb_strcpy, but copies from a buffer and length. -INLINE void upb_strcpylen(upb_string *dest, const void *src, upb_strlen_t len) { - memcpy(upb_string_getrwbuf(dest, len), src, len); -} - -// Replaces the contents of "dest" with the contents of "src". -INLINE void upb_strcpy(upb_string *dest, upb_string *src) { - upb_strcpylen(dest, upb_string_getrobuf(src), upb_string_len(src)); - upb_string_endread(src); -} - -// Like upb_strcpy, but copies from a NULL-terminated string. -INLINE void upb_strcpyc(upb_string *dest, const char *src) { - // This does two passes over src, but that is necessary unless we want to - // repeatedly re-allocate dst, which seems worse. - upb_strcpylen(dest, src, strlen(src)); -} - -// Returns a new string whose contents are a copy of s. -upb_string *upb_strdup(upb_string *s); - -// Like upb_strdup(), but duplicates a given buffer and length. -INLINE upb_string *upb_strduplen(const void *src, upb_strlen_t len) { - upb_string *s = upb_string_new(); - upb_strcpylen(s, src, len); - return s; -} - -// Like upb_strdup(), but duplicates a C NULL-terminated string. -upb_string *upb_strdupc(const char *src); - -// Appends 'append' to 's' in-place, resizing s if necessary. -void upb_strcat(upb_string *s, upb_string *append); - -// Returns a new string that is a substring of the given string. -upb_string *upb_strslice(upb_string *s, int offset, int len); - -// Reads an entire file into a newly-allocated string. -upb_string *upb_strreadfile(const char *filename); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/src/upb_table.c b/src/upb_table.c deleted file mode 100644 index b91776c..0000000 --- a/src/upb_table.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,411 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#include "upb_table.h" -#include "upb_string.h" - -#include -#include -#include - -static const upb_inttable_key_t EMPTYENT = 0; -static const double MAX_LOAD = 0.85; - -static uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed); - -/* We use 1-based indexes into the table so that 0 can be "NULL". */ -static upb_inttable_entry *intent(upb_inttable *t, int32_t i) { - return UPB_INDEX(t->t.entries, i-1, t->t.entry_size); -} -static upb_strtable_entry *strent(upb_strtable *t, int32_t i) { - return UPB_INDEX(t->t.entries, i-1, t->t.entry_size); -} - -void upb_table_init(upb_table *t, uint32_t size, uint16_t entry_size) -{ - t->count = 0; - t->entry_size = entry_size; - t->size_lg2 = 1; - while(size >>= 1) t->size_lg2++; - size_t bytes = upb_table_size(t) * t->entry_size; - t->mask = upb_table_size(t) - 1; - t->entries = malloc(bytes); - memset(t->entries, 0, bytes); /* Both tables consider 0's an empty entry. */ -} - -void upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *t, uint32_t size, uint16_t entsize) -{ - upb_table_init(&t->t, size, entsize); -} - -void upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *t, uint32_t size, uint16_t entsize) -{ - upb_table_init(&t->t, size, entsize); -} - -void upb_table_free(upb_table *t) { free(t->entries); } -void upb_inttable_free(upb_inttable *t) { upb_table_free(&t->t); } -void upb_strtable_free(upb_strtable *t) { - // Free refs from the strtable. - upb_strtable_entry *e = upb_strtable_begin(t); - for(; e; e = upb_strtable_next(t, e)) { - upb_string_unref(e->key); - } - upb_table_free(&t->t); -} - -static uint32_t strtable_bucket(upb_strtable *t, upb_string *key) -{ - uint32_t hash = MurmurHash2(upb_string_getrobuf(key), upb_string_len(key), 0); - return (hash & (upb_strtable_size(t)-1)) + 1; -} - -void *upb_strtable_lookup(upb_strtable *t, upb_string *key) -{ - uint32_t bucket = strtable_bucket(t, key); - upb_strtable_entry *e; - do { - e = strent(t, bucket); - if(e->key && upb_streql(e->key, key)) return e; - } while((bucket = e->next) != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); - return NULL; -} - -static uint32_t empty_intbucket(upb_inttable *table) -{ - /* TODO: does it matter that this is biased towards the front of the table? */ - for(uint32_t i = 1; i <= upb_inttable_size(table); i++) { - upb_inttable_entry *e = intent(table, i); - if(e->key == EMPTYENT) return i; - } - assert(false); - return 0; -} - -/* The insert routines have a lot more code duplication between int/string - * variants than I would like, but there's just a bit too much that varies to - * parameterize them. */ -static void intinsert(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *e) -{ - assert(upb_inttable_lookup(t, e->key) == NULL); - t->t.count++; - uint32_t bucket = upb_inttable_bucket(t, e->key); - upb_inttable_entry *table_e = intent(t, bucket); - if(table_e->key != EMPTYENT) { /* Collision. */ - if(bucket == upb_inttable_bucket(t, table_e->key)) { - /* Existing element is in its main posisiton. Find an empty slot to - * place our new element and append it to this key's chain. */ - uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_intbucket(t); - while (table_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN) - table_e = intent(t, table_e->next); - table_e->next = empty_bucket; - table_e = intent(t, empty_bucket); - } else { - /* Existing element is not in its main position. Move it to an empty - * slot and put our element in its main position. */ - uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_intbucket(t); - uint32_t evictee_bucket = upb_inttable_bucket(t, table_e->key); - memcpy(intent(t, empty_bucket), table_e, t->t.entry_size); /* copies next */ - upb_inttable_entry *evictee_e = intent(t, evictee_bucket); - while(1) { - assert(evictee_e->key != UPB_EMPTY_ENTRY); - assert(evictee_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); - if(evictee_e->next == bucket) { - evictee_e->next = empty_bucket; - break; - } - evictee_e = intent(t, evictee_e->next); - } - /* table_e remains set to our mainpos. */ - } - } - memcpy(table_e, e, t->t.entry_size); - table_e->next = UPB_END_OF_CHAIN; - assert(upb_inttable_lookup(t, e->key) == table_e); -} - -void upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *e) -{ - assert(e->key != 0); - if((double)(t->t.count + 1) / upb_inttable_size(t) > MAX_LOAD) { - /* Need to resize. New table of double the size, add old elements to it. */ - upb_inttable new_table; - upb_inttable_init(&new_table, upb_inttable_size(t)*2, t->t.entry_size); - new_table.t.count = t->t.count; - upb_inttable_entry *old_e; - for(old_e = upb_inttable_begin(t); old_e; old_e = upb_inttable_next(t, old_e)) - intinsert(&new_table, old_e); - upb_inttable_free(t); - *t = new_table; - } - intinsert(t, e); -} - -static uint32_t empty_strbucket(upb_strtable *table) -{ - /* TODO: does it matter that this is biased towards the front of the table? */ - for(uint32_t i = 1; i <= upb_strtable_size(table); i++) { - upb_strtable_entry *e = strent(table, i); - if(!e->key) return i; - } - assert(false); - return 0; -} - -static void strinsert(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *e) -{ - assert(upb_strtable_lookup(t, e->key) == NULL); - e->key = upb_string_getref(e->key); - t->t.count++; - uint32_t bucket = strtable_bucket(t, e->key); - upb_strtable_entry *table_e = strent(t, bucket); - if(table_e->key) { /* Collision. */ - if(bucket == strtable_bucket(t, table_e->key)) { - /* Existing element is in its main posisiton. Find an empty slot to - * place our new element and append it to this key's chain. */ - uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_strbucket(t); - while (table_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN) - table_e = strent(t, table_e->next); - table_e->next = empty_bucket; - table_e = strent(t, empty_bucket); - } else { - /* Existing element is not in its main position. Move it to an empty - * slot and put our element in its main position. */ - uint32_t empty_bucket = empty_strbucket(t); - uint32_t evictee_bucket = strtable_bucket(t, table_e->key); - memcpy(strent(t, empty_bucket), table_e, t->t.entry_size); /* copies next */ - upb_strtable_entry *evictee_e = strent(t, evictee_bucket); - while(1) { - assert(!upb_string_isnull(evictee_e->key)); - assert(evictee_e->next != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); - if(evictee_e->next == bucket) { - evictee_e->next = empty_bucket; - break; - } - evictee_e = strent(t, evictee_e->next); - } - /* table_e remains set to our mainpos. */ - } - } - memcpy(table_e, e, t->t.entry_size); - table_e->next = UPB_END_OF_CHAIN; - assert(upb_strtable_lookup(t, e->key) == table_e); -} - -void upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *e) -{ - if((double)(t->t.count + 1) / upb_strtable_size(t) > MAX_LOAD) { - /* Need to resize. New table of double the size, add old elements to it. */ - upb_strtable new_table; - upb_strtable_init(&new_table, upb_strtable_size(t)*2, t->t.entry_size); - upb_strtable_entry *old_e; - for(old_e = upb_strtable_begin(t); old_e; old_e = upb_strtable_next(t, old_e)) - strinsert(&new_table, old_e); - upb_strtable_free(t); - *t = new_table; - } - strinsert(t, e); -} - -void *upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable *t) { - return upb_inttable_next(t, intent(t, 0)); -} - -void *upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *cur) { - upb_inttable_entry *end = intent(t, upb_inttable_size(t)+1); - do { - cur = (void*)((char*)cur + t->t.entry_size); - if(cur == end) return NULL; - } while(cur->key == UPB_EMPTY_ENTRY); - return cur; -} - -void *upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable *t) { - return upb_strtable_next(t, strent(t, 0)); -} - -void *upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *cur) { - upb_strtable_entry *end = strent(t, upb_strtable_size(t)+1); - do { - cur = (void*)((char*)cur + t->t.entry_size); - if(cur == end) return NULL; - } while(cur->key == NULL); - return cur; -} - -#ifdef UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// MurmurHash2, by Austin Appleby (released as public domain). -// Reformatted and C99-ified by Joshua Haberman. -// Note - This code makes a few assumptions about how your machine behaves - -// 1. We can read a 4-byte value from any address without crashing -// 2. sizeof(int) == 4 (in upb this limitation is removed by using uint32_t -// And it has a few limitations - -// 1. It will not work incrementally. -// 2. It will not produce the same results on little-endian and big-endian -// machines. -static uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) -{ - // 'm' and 'r' are mixing constants generated offline. - // They're not really 'magic', they just happen to work well. - const uint32_t m = 0x5bd1e995; - const int32_t r = 24; - - // Initialize the hash to a 'random' value - uint32_t h = seed ^ len; - - // Mix 4 bytes at a time into the hash - const uint8_t * data = (const uint8_t *)key; - while(len >= 4) { - uint32_t k = *(uint32_t *)data; - - k *= m; - k ^= k >> r; - k *= m; - - h *= m; - h ^= k; - - data += 4; - len -= 4; - } - - // Handle the last few bytes of the input array - switch(len) { - case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16; - case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8; - case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m; - }; - - // Do a few final mixes of the hash to ensure the last few - // bytes are well-incorporated. - h ^= h >> 13; - h *= m; - h ^= h >> 15; - - return h; -} - -#else // !UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// MurmurHashAligned2, by Austin Appleby -// Same algorithm as MurmurHash2, but only does aligned reads - should be safer -// on certain platforms. -// Performance will be lower than MurmurHash2 - -#define MIX(h,k,m) { k *= m; k ^= k >> r; k *= m; h *= m; h ^= k; } - -static uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) -{ - const uint32_t m = 0x5bd1e995; - const int32_t r = 24; - const uint8_t * data = (const uint8_t *)key; - uint32_t h = seed ^ len; - uint8_t align = (uintptr_t)data & 3; - - if(align && (len >= 4)) { - // Pre-load the temp registers - uint32_t t = 0, d = 0; - - switch(align) { - case 1: t |= data[2] << 16; - case 2: t |= data[1] << 8; - case 3: t |= data[0]; - } - - t <<= (8 * align); - - data += 4-align; - len -= 4-align; - - int32_t sl = 8 * (4-align); - int32_t sr = 8 * align; - - // Mix - - while(len >= 4) { - d = *(uint32_t *)data; - t = (t >> sr) | (d << sl); - - uint32_t k = t; - - MIX(h,k,m); - - t = d; - - data += 4; - len -= 4; - } - - // Handle leftover data in temp registers - - d = 0; - - if(len >= align) { - switch(align) { - case 3: d |= data[2] << 16; - case 2: d |= data[1] << 8; - case 1: d |= data[0]; - } - - uint32_t k = (t >> sr) | (d << sl); - MIX(h,k,m); - - data += align; - len -= align; - - //---------- - // Handle tail bytes - - switch(len) { - case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16; - case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8; - case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m; - }; - } else { - switch(len) { - case 3: d |= data[2] << 16; - case 2: d |= data[1] << 8; - case 1: d |= data[0]; - case 0: h ^= (t >> sr) | (d << sl); h *= m; - } - } - - h ^= h >> 13; - h *= m; - h ^= h >> 15; - - return h; - } else { - while(len >= 4) { - uint32_t k = *(uint32_t *)data; - - MIX(h,k,m); - - data += 4; - len -= 4; - } - - //---------- - // Handle tail bytes - - switch(len) { - case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16; - case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8; - case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m; - }; - - h ^= h >> 13; - h *= m; - h ^= h >> 15; - - return h; - } -} -#undef MIX - -#endif // UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK diff --git a/src/upb_table.h b/src/upb_table.h deleted file mode 100644 index 20dae92..0000000 --- a/src/upb_table.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - * - * This file defines very fast int->struct (inttable) and string->struct - * (strtable) hash tables. The struct can be of any size, and it is stored - * in the table itself, for cache-friendly performance. - * - * The table uses internal chaining with Brent's variation (inspired by the - * Lua implementation of hash tables). The hash function for strings is - * Austin Appleby's "MurmurHash." - */ - -#ifndef UPB_TABLE_H_ -#define UPB_TABLE_H_ - -#include -#include "upb.h" -#include "upb_string.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Note: the key cannot be zero! Zero is used by the implementation. */ -typedef uint32_t upb_inttable_key_t; - -#define UPB_END_OF_CHAIN (uint32_t)0 -#define UPB_EMPTY_ENTRY (uint32_t)0 - -typedef struct { - upb_inttable_key_t key; - uint32_t next; /* Internal chaining. */ -} upb_inttable_entry; - -// TODO: consider storing the hash in the entry. This would avoid the need to -// rehash on table resizes, but more importantly could possibly improve lookup -// performance by letting us compare hashes before comparing lengths or the -// strings themselves. -typedef struct { - upb_string *key; // We own a ref. - uint32_t next; // Internal chaining. -} upb_strtable_entry; - -typedef struct { - void *entries; - uint32_t count; /* How many elements are currently in the table? */ - uint16_t entry_size; /* How big is each entry? */ - uint8_t size_lg2; /* The table is 2^size_lg2 in size. */ - uint32_t mask; -} upb_table; - -typedef struct { - upb_table t; -} upb_strtable; - -typedef struct { - upb_table t; -} upb_inttable; - -/* Initialize and free a table, respectively. Specify the initial size - * with 'size' (the size will be increased as necessary). Entry size - * specifies how many bytes each entry in the table is. */ -void upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *table, uint32_t size, uint16_t entry_size); -void upb_inttable_free(upb_inttable *table); -void upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *table, uint32_t size, uint16_t entry_size); -void upb_strtable_free(upb_strtable *table); - -INLINE uint32_t upb_table_size(upb_table *t) { return 1 << t->size_lg2; } -INLINE uint32_t upb_inttable_size(upb_inttable *t) { - return upb_table_size(&t->t); -} -INLINE uint32_t upb_strtable_size(upb_strtable *t) { - return upb_table_size(&t->t); -} - -INLINE uint32_t upb_table_count(upb_table *t) { return t->count; } -INLINE uint32_t upb_inttable_count(upb_inttable *t) { - return upb_table_count(&t->t); -} -INLINE uint32_t upb_strtable_count(upb_strtable *t) { - return upb_table_count(&t->t); -} - -/* Inserts the given key into the hashtable with the given value. The key must - * not already exist in the hash table. The data will be copied from e into - * the hashtable (the amount of data copied comes from entry_size when the - * table was constructed). Therefore the data at val may be freed once the - * call returns. */ -void upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *e); -void upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *e); - -INLINE uint32_t upb_inttable_bucket(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_key_t k) { - return (k & t->t.mask) + 1; /* Identity hash for ints. */ -} - -/* Looks up key in this table. Inlined because this is in the critical path of - * decoding. We have the caller specify the entry_size because fixing this as - * a literal (instead of reading table->entry_size) gives the compiler more - * ability to optimize. */ -INLINE void *upb_inttable_fastlookup(upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key, - uint32_t entry_size) { - assert(key != 0); - uint32_t bucket = upb_inttable_bucket(t, key); - upb_inttable_entry *e; - do { - e = (upb_inttable_entry*)UPB_INDEX(t->t.entries, bucket-1, entry_size); - if(e->key == key) return e; - } while((bucket = e->next) != UPB_END_OF_CHAIN); - return NULL; /* Not found. */ -} - -INLINE void *upb_inttable_lookup(upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key) { - return upb_inttable_fastlookup(t, key, t->t.entry_size); -} - -void *upb_strtable_lookup(upb_strtable *t, upb_string *key); - -/* Provides iteration over the table. The order in which the entries are - * returned is undefined. Insertions invalidate iterators. The _next - * functions return NULL when the end has been reached. */ -void *upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable *t); -void *upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable *t, upb_inttable_entry *cur); - -void *upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable *t); -void *upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable *t, upb_strtable_entry *cur); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif /* UPB_TABLE_H_ */ diff --git a/src/upb_text.c b/src/upb_text.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8662269..0000000 --- a/src/upb_text.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#include -#include "descriptor.h" -#include "upb_text.h" -#include "upb_data.h" - -void upb_text_printval(upb_field_type_t type, upb_value val, FILE *file) -{ -#define CASE(fmtstr, member) fprintf(file, fmtstr, val.member); break; - switch(type) { - case UPB_TYPE(DOUBLE): - CASE("%0.f", _double); - case UPB_TYPE(FLOAT): - CASE("%0.f", _float) - case UPB_TYPE(INT64): - case UPB_TYPE(SFIXED64): - case UPB_TYPE(SINT64): - CASE("%" PRId64, int64) - case UPB_TYPE(UINT64): - case UPB_TYPE(FIXED64): - CASE("%" PRIu64, uint64) - case UPB_TYPE(INT32): - case UPB_TYPE(SFIXED32): - case UPB_TYPE(SINT32): - CASE("%" PRId32, int32) - case UPB_TYPE(UINT32): - case UPB_TYPE(FIXED32): - case UPB_TYPE(ENUM): - CASE("%" PRIu32, uint32); - case UPB_TYPE(BOOL): - CASE("%hhu", _bool); - case UPB_TYPE(STRING): - case UPB_TYPE(BYTES): - /* TODO: escaping. */ - fprintf(file, "\"" UPB_STRFMT "\"", UPB_STRARG(val.str)); break; - } -} - -static void print_indent(upb_text_printer *p, FILE *stream) -{ - if(!p->single_line) - for(int i = 0; i < p->indent_depth; i++) - fprintf(stream, " "); -} - -void upb_text_printfield(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr name, - upb_field_type_t valtype, upb_value val, - FILE *stream) -{ - print_indent(p, stream); - fprintf(stream, UPB_STRFMT ":", UPB_STRARG(name)); - upb_text_printval(valtype, val, stream); - if(p->single_line) - fputc(' ', stream); - else - fputc('\n', stream); -} - -void upb_text_push(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr submsg_type, FILE *stream) -{ - print_indent(p, stream); - fprintf(stream, UPB_STRFMT " {", UPB_STRARG(submsg_type)); - if(!p->single_line) fputc('\n', stream); - p->indent_depth++; -} - -void upb_text_pop(upb_text_printer *p, FILE *stream) -{ - p->indent_depth--; - print_indent(p, stream); - fprintf(stream, "}\n"); -} - -static void printval(upb_text_printer *printer, upb_value v, upb_fielddef *f, - FILE *stream); - -static void printmsg(upb_text_printer *printer, upb_msg *msg, upb_msgdef *md, - FILE *stream) -{ - for(upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < md->num_fields; i++) { - upb_fielddef *f = &md->fields[i]; - if(!upb_msg_has(msg, f)) continue; - upb_value v = upb_msg_get(msg, f); - if(upb_isarray(f)) { - upb_arrayptr arr = v.arr; - for(uint32_t j = 0; j < upb_array_len(arr); j++) { - upb_value elem = upb_array_get(arr, f, j); - printval(printer, elem, f, stream); - } - } else { - printval(printer, v, f, stream); - } - } -} - -static void printval(upb_text_printer *printer, upb_value v, upb_fielddef *f, - FILE *stream) -{ - if(upb_issubmsg(f)) { - upb_text_push(printer, f->name, stream); - printmsg(printer, v.msg, upb_downcast_msgdef(f->def), stream); - upb_text_pop(printer, stream); - } else { - upb_text_printfield(printer, f->name, f->type, v, stream); - } -} - - -void upb_msg_print(upb_msg *msg, upb_msgdef *md, bool single_line, - FILE *stream) -{ - upb_text_printer printer; - upb_text_printer_init(&printer, single_line); - printmsg(&printer, msg, md, stream); -} - diff --git a/src/upb_text.h b/src/upb_text.h deleted file mode 100644 index d89c9d6..0000000 --- a/src/upb_text.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -/* - * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. - * - * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. - */ - -#ifndef UPB_TEXT_H_ -#define UPB_TEXT_H_ - -#include "upb.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -typedef struct { - int indent_depth; - bool single_line; -} upb_text_printer; - -INLINE void upb_text_printer_init(upb_text_printer *p, bool single_line) { - p->indent_depth = 0; - p->single_line = single_line; -} -void upb_text_printval(upb_field_type_t type, upb_value p, FILE *file); -void upb_text_printfield(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr name, - upb_field_type_t valtype, upb_value val, FILE *stream); -void upb_text_push(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr submsg_type, - FILE *stream); -void upb_text_pop(upb_text_printer *p, FILE *stream); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif - -#endif /* UPB_TEXT_H_ */ diff --git a/stream/upb_byteio.h b/stream/upb_byteio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69a28b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/stream/upb_byteio.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * This file contains upb_bytesrc and upb_bytesink implementations for common + * interfaces like strings, UNIX fds, and FILE*. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_BYTEIO_H +#define UPB_BYTEIO_H + +#include "upb_srcsink.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* upb_stringsrc **************************************************************/ + +struct upb_stringsrc; +typedef struct upb_stringsrc upb_stringsrc; + +// Create/free a stringsrc. +upb_stringsrc *upb_stringsrc_new(); +void upb_stringsrc_free(upb_stringsrc *s); + +// Resets the stringsrc to a state where it will vend the given string. The +// stringsrc will take a reference on the string, so the caller need not ensure +// that it outlives the stringsrc. A stringsrc can be reset multiple times. +void upb_stringsrc_reset(upb_stringsrc *s, upb_string *str); + +// Returns the upb_bytesrc* for this stringsrc. Invalidated by reset above. +upb_bytesrc *upb_stringsrc_bytesrc(); + + +/* upb_fdsrc ******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/stream/upb_decoder.c b/stream/upb_decoder.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3fdc49 --- /dev/null +++ b/stream/upb_decoder.c @@ -0,0 +1,577 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include "upb_decoder.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#define UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET UINT32_MAX + +// Returns true if the give wire type and field type combination is valid, +// taking into account both packed and non-packed encodings. +static bool upb_check_type(upb_wire_type_t wt, upb_field_type_t ft) { + return (1 << wt) & upb_types[ft].allowed_wire_types; +} + +// Performs zig-zag decoding, which is used by sint32 and sint64. +static int32_t upb_zzdec_32(uint32_t n) { return (n >> 1) ^ -(int32_t)(n & 1); } +static int64_t upb_zzdec_64(uint64_t n) { return (n >> 1) ^ -(int64_t)(n & 1); } + + +/* upb_decoder ****************************************************************/ + +// The decoder keeps a stack with one entry per level of recursion. +// upb_decoder_frame is one frame of that stack. +typedef struct { + upb_msgdef *msgdef; + upb_fielddef *field; + upb_strlen_t end_offset; // For groups, -1. +} upb_decoder_frame; + +struct upb_decoder { + upb_src src; // upb_decoder is a upb_src. + + upb_msgdef *toplevel_msgdef; + upb_bytesrc *bytesrc; + + // The buffer of input data. NULL is equivalent to the empty string. + upb_string *buf; + + // Holds residual bytes when fewer than UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE bytes remain. + uint8_t tmpbuf[UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE]; + + // The number of bytes we have yet to consume from "buf" or tmpbuf. This is + // always >= 0 unless we were just reset or are eof. + int32_t buf_bytesleft; + + // The offset within "buf" from where we are currently reading. This can be + // <0 if we are reading some residual bytes from the previous buffer, which + // are stored in tmpbuf and combined with bytes from "buf". + int32_t buf_offset; + + // The overall stream offset of the beginning of "buf". + uint32_t buf_stream_offset; + + // Fielddef for the key we just read. + upb_fielddef *field; + + // Wire type of the key we just read. + upb_wire_type_t wire_type; + + // Delimited length of the string field we are reading. + upb_strlen_t delimited_len; + + upb_strlen_t packed_end_offset; + + // We keep a stack of messages we have recursed into. + upb_decoder_frame *top, *limit, stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING]; +}; + + +/* upb_decoder buffering. *****************************************************/ + +static upb_strlen_t upb_decoder_offset(upb_decoder *d) +{ + return d->buf_stream_offset - d->buf_offset; +} + +static bool upb_decoder_nextbuf(upb_decoder *d) +{ + assert(d->buf_bytesleft < UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE); + + // Copy residual bytes to temporary buffer. + if(d->buf_bytesleft > 0) { + memcpy(d->tmpbuf, upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset, + d->buf_bytesleft); + } + + // Recycle old buffer. + if(d->buf) { + d->buf = upb_string_tryrecycle(d->buf); + d->buf_offset -= upb_string_len(d->buf); + d->buf_stream_offset += upb_string_len(d->buf); + } + + // Pull next buffer. + if(upb_bytesrc_get(d->bytesrc, d->buf, UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE)) { + d->buf_bytesleft += upb_string_len(d->buf); + return true; + } else { + // Error or EOF. + if(!upb_bytesrc_eof(d->bytesrc)) { + // Error from bytesrc. + upb_copyerr(&d->src.status, upb_bytesrc_status(d->bytesrc)); + return false; + } else if(d->buf_bytesleft == 0) { + // EOF from bytesrc and we don't have any residual bytes left. + d->src.eof = true; + return false; + } else { + // No more data left from the bytesrc, but we still have residual bytes. + return true; + } + } +} + +static const uint8_t *upb_decoder_getbuf_full(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *bytes) +{ + if(d->buf_bytesleft < UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE) { + // GCC is currently complaining about use of an uninitialized value if we + // don't set this now. I think this is incorrect, but leaving this in + // to suppress the warning for now. + *bytes = 0; + if(!upb_decoder_nextbuf(d)) return NULL; + } + + assert(d->buf_bytesleft >= UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE); + + if(d->buf_offset >= 0) { + // Common case: the main buffer contains at least UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE + // contiguous bytes, so we can read directly out of it. + *bytes = d->buf_bytesleft; + return (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset; + } else { + // We need to accumulate UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE bytes; len is how many we + // have so far. + upb_strlen_t len = -d->buf_offset; + if(d->buf) { + upb_strlen_t to_copy = + UPB_MIN(UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE - len, upb_string_len(d->buf)); + memcpy(d->tmpbuf + len, upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf), to_copy); + len += to_copy; + } + // Pad the buffer out to UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE. + memset(d->tmpbuf + len, 0x80, UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE - len); + *bytes = len; + return d->tmpbuf; + } +} + +// Returns a pointer to a buffer of data that is at least UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE +// bytes long. This buffer contains the next bytes in the stream (even if +// those bytes span multiple buffers). *bytes is set to the number of actual +// stream bytes that are available in the returned buffer. If +// *bytes < UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE, the buffer is padded with 0x80 bytes. +// +// After the data has been read, upb_decoder_consume() should be called to +// indicate how many bytes were consumed. +static const uint8_t *upb_decoder_getbuf(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *bytes) +{ + if(d->buf_bytesleft >= UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE && d->buf_offset >= 0) { + // Common case: the main buffer contains at least UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE + // contiguous bytes, so we can read directly out of it. + *bytes = d->buf_bytesleft; + return (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset; + } else { + return upb_decoder_getbuf_full(d, bytes); + } +} + +static bool upb_decoder_consume(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t bytes) +{ + assert(bytes <= UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE); + d->buf_offset += bytes; + d->buf_bytesleft -= bytes; + if(d->buf_offset < 0) { + // We still have residual bytes we have not consumed. + memmove(d->tmpbuf, d->tmpbuf + bytes, -d->buf_offset); + } + assert(d->buf_bytesleft >= 0); + return true; +} + +static bool upb_decoder_skipbytes(upb_decoder *d, int32_t bytes) +{ + d->buf_offset += bytes; + d->buf_bytesleft -= bytes; + while(d->buf_bytesleft < 0) { + if(!upb_decoder_nextbuf(d)) return false; + } + return true; +} + + +/* Functions to read wire values. *********************************************/ + +// Parses remining bytes of a 64-bit varint that has already had its first byte +// parsed. +INLINE bool upb_decoder_readv64(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *low, uint32_t *high) +{ + upb_strlen_t bytes_available; + const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); + const uint8_t *start = buf; + if(!buf) return false; + + *high = 0; + uint32_t b; + b = *(buf++); *low = (b & 0x7f) ; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 7; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 14; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 21; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *low |= (b & 0x7f) << 28; + *high = (b & 0x7f) >> 3; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 4; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 11; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 18; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + b = *(buf++); *high |= (b & 0x7f) << 25; if(!(b & 0x80)) goto done; + + if(bytes_available >= 10) { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Varint was unterminated " + "after 10 bytes, stream offset: %u", upb_decoder_offset(d)); + } else { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Stream ended in the middle " + "of a varint, stream offset: %u", upb_decoder_offset(d)); + } + return false; + +done: + return upb_decoder_consume(d, buf - start); +} + +// Gets a varint -- called when we only need 32 bits of it. Note that a 32-bit +// varint is not a true wire type. +static bool upb_decoder_readv32(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *val) +{ + uint32_t high; + if(!upb_decoder_readv64(d, val, &high)) return false; + + // We expect the high bits to be zero, except that signed 32-bit values are + // first sign-extended to be wire-compatible with 64 bits, in which case we + // expect the high bits to be all one. + // + // We could perform a slightly more sophisticated check by having the caller + // indicate whether a signed or unsigned value is being read. We could check + // that the high bits are all zeros for unsigned, and properly sign-extended + // for signed. + if(high != 0 && ~high != 0) { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Read a 32-bit varint, but " + "the high bits contained data we should not truncate: " + "%ux, stream offset: %u", high, upb_decoder_offset(d)); + return false; + } + return true; +} + +// Gets a fixed-length 32-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT). Caller +// promises that 4 bytes are available at buf. +static bool upb_decoder_readf32(upb_decoder *d, uint32_t *val) +{ + upb_strlen_t bytes_available; + const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); + if(!buf) return false; + if(bytes_available < 4) { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, + "Stream ended in the middle of a 32-bit value"); + return false; + } + memcpy(val, buf, 4); + // TODO: byte swap if big-endian. + return upb_decoder_consume(d, 4); +} + +// Gets a fixed-length 64-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT). Caller +// promises that 8 bytes are available at buf. +static bool upb_decoder_readf64(upb_decoder *d, uint64_t *val) +{ + upb_strlen_t bytes_available; + const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); + if(!buf) return false; + if(bytes_available < 8) { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, + "Stream ended in the middle of a 64-bit value"); + return false; + } + memcpy(val, buf, 8); + // TODO: byte swap if big-endian. + return upb_decoder_consume(d, 8); +} + +// Returns the length of a varint (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT), allowing +// it to be easily skipped. Caller promises that 10 bytes are available at +// "buf". The function will return a maximum of 11 bytes before quitting. +static uint8_t upb_decoder_skipv64(upb_decoder *d) +{ + uint32_t bytes_available; + const uint8_t *buf = upb_decoder_getbuf(d, &bytes_available); + if(!buf) return false; + uint8_t i; + for(i = 0; i < 10 && buf[i] & 0x80; i++) + ; // empty loop body. + if(i > 10) { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Unterminated varint."); + return false; + } + return upb_decoder_consume(d, i); +} + + +/* upb_src implementation for upb_decoder. ************************************/ + +bool upb_decoder_skipval(upb_decoder *d); + +upb_fielddef *upb_decoder_getdef(upb_decoder *d) +{ + // Detect end-of-submessage. + if(upb_decoder_offset(d) >= d->top->end_offset) { + d->src.eof = true; + return NULL; + } + + // Handles the packed field case. + if(d->field) return d->field; + + uint32_t key = 0; +again: + if(!upb_decoder_readv32(d, &key)) return NULL; + upb_wire_type_t wire_type = key & 0x7; + int32_t field_number = key >> 3; + + if(wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) { + // For delimited wire values we parse the length now, since we need it in + // all cases. + if(!upb_decoder_readv32(d, &d->delimited_len)) return NULL; + } else if(wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP) { + if(d->top->end_offset == UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET) { + d->src.eof = true; + } else { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "End group seen but current " + "message is not a group, byte offset: %zd", + upb_decoder_offset(d)); + } + return NULL; + } + + // Look up field by tag number. + upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_itof(d->top->msgdef, field_number); + + if (!f) { + // Unknown field. If/when the upb_src interface supports reporting + // unknown fields we will implement that here. + upb_decoder_skipval(d); + goto again; + } else if (!upb_check_type(wire_type, f->type)) { + // This is a recoverable error condition. We skip the value but also + // return NULL and report the error. + upb_decoder_skipval(d); + // TODO: better error message. + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Incorrect wire type.\n"); + return NULL; + } + d->field = f; + d->wire_type = wire_type; + return f; +} + +bool upb_decoder_getval(upb_decoder *d, upb_valueptr val) +{ + switch(upb_types[d->field->type].native_wire_type) { + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT: { + uint32_t low, high; + if(!upb_decoder_readv64(d, &low, &high)) return false; + uint64_t u64 = ((uint64_t)high << 32) | low; + if(d->field->type == UPB_TYPE(SINT64)) + *val.int64 = upb_zzdec_64(u64); + else + *val.uint64 = u64; + break; + } + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT_VARINT: { + uint32_t u32; + if(!upb_decoder_readv32(d, &u32)) return false; + if(d->field->type == UPB_TYPE(SINT32)) + *val.int32 = upb_zzdec_32(u32); + else + *val.uint32 = u32; + break; + } + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT: + if(!upb_decoder_readf64(d, val.uint64)) return false; + break; + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT: + if(!upb_decoder_readf32(d, val.uint32)) return false; + break; + default: + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, + "Attempted to call getval on a group."); + return false; + } + // For a packed field where we have not reached the end, we leave the field + // in the decoder so we will return it again without parsing a key. + if(d->wire_type != UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED || + upb_decoder_offset(d) >= d->packed_end_offset) { + d->field = NULL; + } + return true; +} + +bool upb_decoder_getstr(upb_decoder *d, upb_string *str) { + // A string, bytes, or a length-delimited submessage. The latter isn't + // technically a string, but can be gotten as one to perform lazy parsing. + const int32_t total_len = d->delimited_len; + if (d->buf_offset >= 0 && (int32_t)total_len <= d->buf_bytesleft) { + // The entire string is inside our current buffer, so we can just + // return a substring of the buffer without copying. + upb_string_substr(str, d->buf, + upb_string_len(d->buf) - d->buf_bytesleft, + total_len); + upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, total_len); + } else { + // The string spans buffers, so we must copy from the residual buffer + // (if any bytes are there), then the buffer, and finally from the bytesrc. + uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrwbuf( + str, UPB_MIN(total_len, d->buf_bytesleft)); + int32_t len = 0; + if(d->buf_offset < 0) { + // Residual bytes we need to copy from tmpbuf. + memcpy(ptr, d->tmpbuf, -d->buf_offset); + len += -d->buf_offset; + } + if(d->buf) { + // Bytes from the buffer. + memcpy(ptr + len, upb_string_getrobuf(d->buf) + d->buf_offset, + upb_string_len(str) - len); + } + upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, upb_string_len(str)); + if(len < total_len) { + // Bytes from the bytesrc. + if(!upb_bytesrc_append(d->bytesrc, str, total_len - len)) { + upb_copyerr(&d->src.status, upb_bytesrc_status(d->bytesrc)); + return false; + } + // Have to advance this since the buffering layer of the decoder will + // never see these bytes. + d->buf_stream_offset += total_len - len; + } + } + d->field = NULL; + return true; +} + +static bool upb_decoder_skipgroup(upb_decoder *d); + +bool upb_decoder_startmsg(upb_decoder *d) { + d->top->field = d->field; + if(++d->top >= d->limit) { + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_ERROR_MAX_NESTING_EXCEEDED, + "Nesting exceeded maximum (%d levels)\n", + UPB_MAX_NESTING); + return false; + } + upb_decoder_frame *frame = d->top; + frame->msgdef = upb_downcast_msgdef(d->field->def); + if(d->field->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) { + frame->end_offset = UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET; + } else { + frame->end_offset = upb_decoder_offset(d) + d->delimited_len; + } + return true; +} + +bool upb_decoder_endmsg(upb_decoder *d) { + if(d->top > d->stack) { + --d->top; + if(!d->src.eof) { + if(d->top->field->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) + upb_decoder_skipgroup(d); + else + upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, d->top->end_offset - upb_decoder_offset(d)); + } + d->src.eof = false; + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +bool upb_decoder_skipval(upb_decoder *d) { + upb_strlen_t bytes_to_skip; + switch(d->wire_type) { + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT: { + return upb_decoder_skipv64(d); + } + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP: + if(!upb_decoder_startmsg(d)) return false; + if(!upb_decoder_skipgroup(d)) return false; + if(!upb_decoder_endmsg(d)) return false; + return true; + default: + // Including UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP. + assert(false); + upb_seterr(&d->src.status, UPB_STATUS_ERROR, "Tried to skip an end group"); + return false; + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT: + bytes_to_skip = 8; + break; + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT: + bytes_to_skip = 4; + break; + case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED: + // Works for both string/bytes *and* submessages. + bytes_to_skip = d->delimited_len; + break; + } + return upb_decoder_skipbytes(d, bytes_to_skip); +} + +static bool upb_decoder_skipgroup(upb_decoder *d) +{ + // This will be mututally recursive with upb_decoder_skipval() if the group + // has sub-groups. If we wanted to handle EAGAIN in the future, this + // approach would not work; we would need to track the group depth + // explicitly. + while(upb_decoder_getdef(d)) { + if(!upb_decoder_skipval(d)) return false; + } + // If we are at the end of the group like we want to be, then + // upb_decoder_getdef() returned NULL because of eof, not error. + if(!&d->src.eof) return false; + return true; +} + +upb_src_vtable upb_decoder_src_vtbl = { + (upb_src_getdef_fptr)&upb_decoder_getdef, + (upb_src_getval_fptr)&upb_decoder_getval, + (upb_src_skipval_fptr)&upb_decoder_skipval, + (upb_src_startmsg_fptr)&upb_decoder_startmsg, + (upb_src_endmsg_fptr)&upb_decoder_endmsg, +}; + + +/* upb_decoder construction/destruction. **************************************/ + +upb_decoder *upb_decoder_new(upb_msgdef *msgdef) +{ + upb_decoder *d = malloc(sizeof(*d)); + d->toplevel_msgdef = msgdef; + d->limit = &d->stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING]; + d->buf = NULL; + upb_src_init(&d->src, &upb_decoder_src_vtbl); + return d; +} + +void upb_decoder_free(upb_decoder *d) +{ + upb_string_unref(d->buf); + free(d); +} + +void upb_decoder_reset(upb_decoder *d, upb_bytesrc *bytesrc) +{ + upb_string_unref(d->buf); + d->top = d->stack; + d->top->msgdef = d->toplevel_msgdef; + // The top-level message is not delimited (we can keep receiving data for it + // indefinitely), so we set the end offset as high as possible, but not equal + // to UINT32_MAX so it doesn't equal UPB_GROUP_END_OFFSET. + d->top->end_offset = UINT32_MAX - 1; + d->bytesrc = bytesrc; + d->buf = NULL; + d->buf_bytesleft = 0; + d->buf_stream_offset = 0; + d->buf_offset = 0; +} diff --git a/stream/upb_decoder.h b/stream/upb_decoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dde61fc --- /dev/null +++ b/stream/upb_decoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * upb_decoder implements a high performance, streaming decoder for protobuf + * data that works by implementing upb_src and getting its data from a + * upb_bytesrc. + * + * The decoder does not currently support non-blocking I/O, in the sense that + * if the bytesrc returns UPB_STATUS_TRYAGAIN it is not possible to resume the + * decoder when data becomes available again. Support for this could be added, + * but it would add complexity and perhaps cost efficiency also. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_DECODER_H_ +#define UPB_DECODER_H_ + +#include +#include +#include "upb_def.h" +#include "upb_stream.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* upb_decoder *****************************************************************/ + +// A upb_decoder decodes the binary protocol buffer format, writing the data it +// decodes to a upb_sink. +struct upb_decoder; +typedef struct upb_decoder upb_decoder; + +// Allocates and frees a upb_decoder, respectively. +upb_decoder *upb_decoder_new(upb_msgdef *md); +void upb_decoder_free(upb_decoder *d); + +// Resets the internal state of an already-allocated decoder. This puts it in a +// state where it has not seen any data, and expects the next data to be from +// the beginning of a new protobuf. Parsers must be reset before they can be +// used. A decoder can be reset multiple times. +void upb_decoder_reset(upb_decoder *d, upb_bytesrc *bytesrc); + +// Returns a upb_src pointer by which the decoder can be used. The returned +// upb_src is invalidated by upb_decoder_reset() or upb_decoder_free(). +upb_src *upb_decoder_getsrc(upb_decoder *d); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* UPB_DECODER_H_ */ diff --git a/stream/upb_encoder.c b/stream/upb_encoder.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..304a423 --- /dev/null +++ b/stream/upb_encoder.c @@ -0,0 +1,420 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include "upb_encoder.h" + +#include +#include "descriptor.h" + +/* Functions for calculating sizes of wire values. ****************************/ + +static size_t upb_v_uint64_t_size(uint64_t val) { +#ifdef __GNUC__ + int high_bit = 63 - __builtin_clzll(val); // 0-based, undef if val == 0. +#else + int high_bit = 0; + uint64_t tmp = val; + while(tmp >>= 1) high_bit++; +#endif + return val == 0 ? 1 : high_bit / 7 + 1; +} + +static size_t upb_v_int32_t_size(int32_t val) { + // v_uint32's are sign-extended to maintain wire compatibility with int64s. + return upb_v_uint64_t_size((int64_t)val); +} +static size_t upb_v_uint32_t_size(uint32_t val) { + return upb_v_uint64_t_size(val); +} +static size_t upb_f_uint64_t_size(uint64_t val) { + (void)val; // Length is independent of value. + return sizeof(uint64_t); +} +static size_t upb_f_uint32_t_size(uint32_t val) { + (void)val; // Length is independent of value. + return sizeof(uint32_t); +} + + +/* Functions to write wire values. ********************************************/ + +// Since we know in advance the longest that the value could be, we always make +// sure that our buffer is long enough. This saves us from having to perform +// bounds checks. + +// Puts a varint (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT). +static uint8_t *upb_put_v_uint64_t(uint8_t *buf, uint64_t val) +{ + do { + uint8_t byte = val & 0x7f; + val >>= 7; + if(val) byte |= 0x80; + *buf++ = byte; + } while(val); + return buf; +} + +// Puts an unsigned 32-bit varint, verbatim. Never uses the high 64 bits. +static uint8_t *upb_put_v_uint32_t(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t val) +{ + return upb_put_v_uint64_t(buf, val); +} + +// Puts a signed 32-bit varint, first sign-extending to 64-bits. We do this to +// maintain wire-compatibility with 64-bit signed integers. +static uint8_t *upb_put_v_int32_t(uint8_t *buf, int32_t val) +{ + return upb_put_v_uint64_t(buf, (int64_t)val); +} + +static void upb_put32(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t val) { + buf[0] = val & 0xff; + buf[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff; + buf[2] = (val >> 16) & 0xff; + buf[3] = (val >> 24); +} + +// Puts a fixed-length 32-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT). +static uint8_t *upb_put_f_uint32_t(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t val) +{ + uint8_t *uint32_end = buf + sizeof(uint32_t); +#if UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK + *(uint32_t*)buf = val; +#else + upb_put32(buf, val); +#endif + return uint32_end; +} + +// Puts a fixed-length 64-bit integer (wire type: UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT). +static uint8_t *upb_put_f_uint64_t(uint8_t *buf, uint64_t val) +{ + uint8_t *uint64_end = buf + sizeof(uint64_t); +#if UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK + *(uint64_t*)buf = val; +#else + upb_put32(buf, (uint32_t)val); + upb_put32(buf, (uint32_t)(val >> 32)); +#endif + return uint64_end; +} + +/* Functions to write and calculate sizes for .proto values. ******************/ + +// Performs zig-zag encoding, which is used by sint32 and sint64. +static uint32_t upb_zzenc_32(int32_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 31); } +static uint64_t upb_zzenc_64(int64_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 63); } + +/* Use macros to define a set of two functions for each .proto type: + * + * // Converts and writes a .proto value into buf. "end" indicates the end + * // of the current available buffer (if the buffer does not contain enough + * // space UPB_STATUS_NEED_MORE_DATA is returned). On success, *outbuf will + * // point one past the data that was written. + * uint8_t *upb_put_INT32(uint8_t *buf, int32_t val); + * + * // Returns the number of bytes required to encode val. + * size_t upb_get_INT32_size(int32_t val); + * + * // Given a .proto value s (source) convert it to a wire value. + * uint32_t upb_vtowv_INT32(int32_t s); + */ + +#define VTOWV(type, wire_t, val_t) \ + static wire_t upb_vtowv_ ## type(val_t s) + +#define PUT(type, v_or_f, wire_t, val_t, member_name) \ + static uint8_t *upb_put_ ## type(uint8_t *buf, val_t val) { \ + wire_t tmp = upb_vtowv_ ## type(val); \ + return upb_put_ ## v_or_f ## _ ## wire_t(buf, tmp); \ + } + +#define T(type, v_or_f, wire_t, val_t, member_name) \ + static size_t upb_get_ ## type ## _size(val_t val) { \ + return upb_ ## v_or_f ## _ ## wire_t ## _size(val); \ + } \ + VTOWV(type, wire_t, val_t); /* prototype for PUT below */ \ + PUT(type, v_or_f, wire_t, val_t, member_name) \ + VTOWV(type, wire_t, val_t) + +T(INT32, v, int32_t, int32_t, int32) { return (uint32_t)s; } +T(INT64, v, uint64_t, int64_t, int64) { return (uint64_t)s; } +T(UINT32, v, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32) { return s; } +T(UINT64, v, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64) { return s; } +T(SINT32, v, uint32_t, int32_t, int32) { return upb_zzenc_32(s); } +T(SINT64, v, uint64_t, int64_t, int64) { return upb_zzenc_64(s); } +T(FIXED32, f, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32) { return s; } +T(FIXED64, f, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64) { return s; } +T(SFIXED32, f, uint32_t, int32_t, int32) { return (uint32_t)s; } +T(SFIXED64, f, uint64_t, int64_t, int64) { return (uint64_t)s; } +T(BOOL, v, uint32_t, bool, _bool) { return (uint32_t)s; } +T(ENUM, v, uint32_t, int32_t, int32) { return (uint32_t)s; } +T(DOUBLE, f, uint64_t, double, _double) { + upb_value v; + v._double = s; + return v.uint64; +} +T(FLOAT, f, uint32_t, float, _float) { + upb_value v; + v._float = s; + return v.uint32; +} +#undef VTOWV +#undef PUT +#undef T + +static uint8_t *upb_encode_value(uint8_t *buf, upb_field_type_t ft, upb_value v) +{ +#define CASE(t, member_name) \ + case UPB_TYPE(t): return upb_put_ ## t(buf, v.member_name); + switch(ft) { + CASE(DOUBLE, _double) + CASE(FLOAT, _float) + CASE(INT32, int32) + CASE(INT64, int64) + CASE(UINT32, uint32) + CASE(UINT64, uint64) + CASE(SINT32, int32) + CASE(SINT64, int64) + CASE(FIXED32, uint32) + CASE(FIXED64, uint64) + CASE(SFIXED32, int32) + CASE(SFIXED64, int64) + CASE(BOOL, _bool) + CASE(ENUM, int32) + default: assert(false); return buf; + } +#undef CASE +} + +static uint32_t _upb_get_value_size(upb_field_type_t ft, upb_value v) +{ +#define CASE(t, member_name) \ + case UPB_TYPE(t): return upb_get_ ## t ## _size(v.member_name); + switch(ft) { + CASE(DOUBLE, _double) + CASE(FLOAT, _float) + CASE(INT32, int32) + CASE(INT64, int64) + CASE(UINT32, uint32) + CASE(UINT64, uint64) + CASE(SINT32, int32) + CASE(SINT64, int64) + CASE(FIXED32, uint32) + CASE(FIXED64, uint64) + CASE(SFIXED32, int32) + CASE(SFIXED64, int64) + CASE(BOOL, _bool) + CASE(ENUM, int32) + default: assert(false); return 0; + } +#undef CASE +} + +static uint8_t *_upb_put_tag(uint8_t *buf, upb_field_number_t num, + upb_wire_type_t wt) +{ + return upb_put_UINT32(buf, wt | (num << 3)); +} + +static uint32_t _upb_get_tag_size(upb_field_number_t num) +{ + return upb_get_UINT32_size(num << 3); +} + + +/* upb_sizebuilder ************************************************************/ + +struct upb_sizebuilder { + // Accumulating size for the current level. + uint32_t size; + + // Stack of sizes for our current nesting. + uint32_t stack[UPB_MAX_NESTING], *top; + + // Vector of sizes. + uint32_t *sizes; + int sizes_len; + int sizes_size; + + upb_status status; +}; + +// upb_sink callbacks. +static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_valuecb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_value val, + upb_status *status) +{ + (void)status; + upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; + uint32_t size = 0; + size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); + size += _upb_get_value_size(f->type, val); + sb->size += size; + return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; +} + +static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_strcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_strptr str, + int32_t start, uint32_t end, + upb_status *status) +{ + (void)status; + (void)str; // String data itself is not used. + upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; + if(start >= 0) { + uint32_t size = 0; + size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); + size += upb_get_UINT32_size(end - start); + sb->size += size; + } + return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; +} + +static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_startcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_status *status) +{ + (void)status; + (void)f; // Unused (we calculate tag size and delimiter in endcb). + upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; + if(f->type == UPB_TYPE(MESSAGE)) { + *sb->top = sb->size; + sb->top++; + sb->size = 0; + } else { + assert(f->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)); + sb->size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); + } + return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; +} + +static upb_sink_status _upb_sizebuilder_endcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_status *status) +{ + (void)status; + upb_sizebuilder *sb = (upb_sizebuilder*)sink; + if(f->type == UPB_TYPE(MESSAGE)) { + sb->top--; + if(sb->sizes_len == sb->sizes_size) { + sb->sizes_size *= 2; + sb->sizes = realloc(sb->sizes, sb->sizes_size * sizeof(*sb->sizes)); + } + uint32_t child_size = sb->size; + uint32_t parent_size = *sb->top; + sb->sizes[sb->sizes_len++] = child_size; + // The size according to the parent includes the tag size and delimiter of + // the submessage. + parent_size += upb_get_UINT32_size(child_size); + parent_size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); + // Include size accumulated in parent before child began. + sb->size = child_size + parent_size; + } else { + assert(f->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)); + // As an optimization, we could just add this number twice in startcb, to + // avoid having to recalculate it. + sb->size += _upb_get_tag_size(f->number); + } + return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; +} + +upb_sink_callbacks _upb_sizebuilder_sink_vtbl = { + _upb_sizebuilder_valuecb, + _upb_sizebuilder_strcb, + _upb_sizebuilder_startcb, + _upb_sizebuilder_endcb +}; + + +/* upb_sink callbacks *********************************************************/ + +struct upb_encoder { + upb_sink base; + //upb_bytesink *bytesink; + uint32_t *sizes; + int size_offset; +}; + + +// Within one callback we may need to encode up to two separate values. +#define UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE (UPB_MAX_ENCODED_SIZE * 2) + +static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_push_buf(upb_encoder *s, const uint8_t *buf, + size_t len, upb_status *status) +{ + // TODO: conjure a upb_strptr that points to buf. + //upb_strptr ptr; + (void)s; + (void)buf; + (void)status; + size_t written = 5;// = upb_bytesink_onbytes(s->bytesink, ptr); + if(written < len) { + // TODO: mark to skip "written" bytes next time. + return UPB_SINK_STOP; + } else { + return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; + } +} + +static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_valuecb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_value val, upb_status *status) +{ + upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; + uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; + upb_wire_type_t wt = upb_types[f->type].expected_wire_type; + // TODO: handle packed encoding. + ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, wt); + ptr = upb_encode_value(ptr, f->type, val); + return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); +} + +static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_strcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_strptr str, + int32_t start, uint32_t end, + upb_status *status) +{ + upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; + uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; + if(start >= 0) { + ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED); + ptr = upb_put_UINT32(ptr, end - start); + } + // TODO: properly handle partially consumed strings and partially supplied + // strings. + _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); + return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, (uint8_t*)upb_string_getrobuf(str), end - start, status); +} + +static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_startcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_status *status) +{ + upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; + uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; + if(f->type == UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) { + ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP); + } else { + ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED); + ptr = upb_put_UINT32(ptr, s->sizes[--s->size_offset]); + } + return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); +} + +static upb_sink_status _upb_encoder_endcb(upb_sink *sink, upb_fielddef *f, + upb_status *status) +{ + upb_encoder *s = (upb_encoder*)sink; + uint8_t buf[UPB_ENCODER_BUFSIZE], *ptr = buf; + if(f->type != UPB_TYPE(GROUP)) return UPB_SINK_CONTINUE; + ptr = _upb_put_tag(ptr, f->number, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP); + return _upb_encoder_push_buf(s, buf, ptr - buf, status); +} + +upb_sink_callbacks _upb_encoder_sink_vtbl = { + _upb_encoder_valuecb, + _upb_encoder_strcb, + _upb_encoder_startcb, + _upb_encoder_endcb +}; + diff --git a/stream/upb_encoder.h b/stream/upb_encoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e879b0b --- /dev/null +++ b/stream/upb_encoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Implements a upb_sink that writes protobuf data to the binary wire format. + * + * For messages that have any submessages, the encoder needs a buffer + * containing the submessage sizes, so they can be properly written at the + * front of each message. Note that groups do *not* have this requirement. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_ENCODER_H_ +#define UPB_ENCODER_H_ + +#include "upb.h" +#include "upb_srcsink.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* upb_encoder ****************************************************************/ + +// A upb_encoder is a upb_sink that emits data to a upb_bytesink in the protocol +// buffer binary wire format. +struct upb_encoder; +typedef struct upb_encoder upb_encoder; + +upb_encoder *upb_encoder_new(upb_msgdef *md); +void upb_encoder_free(upb_encoder *e); + +// Resets the given upb_encoder such that is is ready to begin encoding, +// outputting data to "bytesink" (which must live until the encoder is +// reset or destroyed). +void upb_encoder_reset(upb_encoder *e, upb_bytesink *bytesink); + +// Returns the upb_sink to which data can be written. The sink is invalidated +// when the encoder is reset or destroyed. Note that if the client wants to +// encode any length-delimited submessages it must first call +// upb_encoder_buildsizes() below. +upb_sink *upb_encoder_sink(upb_encoder *e); + +// Call prior to pushing any data with embedded submessages. "src" must yield +// exactly the same data as what will next be encoded, but in reverse order. +// The encoder iterates over this data in order to determine the sizes of the +// submessages. If any errors are returned by the upb_src, the status will +// be saved in *status. If the client is sure that the upb_src will not throw +// any errors, "status" may be NULL. +void upb_encoder_buildsizes(upb_encoder *e, upb_src *src, upb_status *status); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* UPB_ENCODER_H_ */ diff --git a/stream/upb_text.c b/stream/upb_text.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8662269 --- /dev/null +++ b/stream/upb_text.c @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include +#include "descriptor.h" +#include "upb_text.h" +#include "upb_data.h" + +void upb_text_printval(upb_field_type_t type, upb_value val, FILE *file) +{ +#define CASE(fmtstr, member) fprintf(file, fmtstr, val.member); break; + switch(type) { + case UPB_TYPE(DOUBLE): + CASE("%0.f", _double); + case UPB_TYPE(FLOAT): + CASE("%0.f", _float) + case UPB_TYPE(INT64): + case UPB_TYPE(SFIXED64): + case UPB_TYPE(SINT64): + CASE("%" PRId64, int64) + case UPB_TYPE(UINT64): + case UPB_TYPE(FIXED64): + CASE("%" PRIu64, uint64) + case UPB_TYPE(INT32): + case UPB_TYPE(SFIXED32): + case UPB_TYPE(SINT32): + CASE("%" PRId32, int32) + case UPB_TYPE(UINT32): + case UPB_TYPE(FIXED32): + case UPB_TYPE(ENUM): + CASE("%" PRIu32, uint32); + case UPB_TYPE(BOOL): + CASE("%hhu", _bool); + case UPB_TYPE(STRING): + case UPB_TYPE(BYTES): + /* TODO: escaping. */ + fprintf(file, "\"" UPB_STRFMT "\"", UPB_STRARG(val.str)); break; + } +} + +static void print_indent(upb_text_printer *p, FILE *stream) +{ + if(!p->single_line) + for(int i = 0; i < p->indent_depth; i++) + fprintf(stream, " "); +} + +void upb_text_printfield(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr name, + upb_field_type_t valtype, upb_value val, + FILE *stream) +{ + print_indent(p, stream); + fprintf(stream, UPB_STRFMT ":", UPB_STRARG(name)); + upb_text_printval(valtype, val, stream); + if(p->single_line) + fputc(' ', stream); + else + fputc('\n', stream); +} + +void upb_text_push(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr submsg_type, FILE *stream) +{ + print_indent(p, stream); + fprintf(stream, UPB_STRFMT " {", UPB_STRARG(submsg_type)); + if(!p->single_line) fputc('\n', stream); + p->indent_depth++; +} + +void upb_text_pop(upb_text_printer *p, FILE *stream) +{ + p->indent_depth--; + print_indent(p, stream); + fprintf(stream, "}\n"); +} + +static void printval(upb_text_printer *printer, upb_value v, upb_fielddef *f, + FILE *stream); + +static void printmsg(upb_text_printer *printer, upb_msg *msg, upb_msgdef *md, + FILE *stream) +{ + for(upb_field_count_t i = 0; i < md->num_fields; i++) { + upb_fielddef *f = &md->fields[i]; + if(!upb_msg_has(msg, f)) continue; + upb_value v = upb_msg_get(msg, f); + if(upb_isarray(f)) { + upb_arrayptr arr = v.arr; + for(uint32_t j = 0; j < upb_array_len(arr); j++) { + upb_value elem = upb_array_get(arr, f, j); + printval(printer, elem, f, stream); + } + } else { + printval(printer, v, f, stream); + } + } +} + +static void printval(upb_text_printer *printer, upb_value v, upb_fielddef *f, + FILE *stream) +{ + if(upb_issubmsg(f)) { + upb_text_push(printer, f->name, stream); + printmsg(printer, v.msg, upb_downcast_msgdef(f->def), stream); + upb_text_pop(printer, stream); + } else { + upb_text_printfield(printer, f->name, f->type, v, stream); + } +} + + +void upb_msg_print(upb_msg *msg, upb_msgdef *md, bool single_line, + FILE *stream) +{ + upb_text_printer printer; + upb_text_printer_init(&printer, single_line); + printmsg(&printer, msg, md, stream); +} + diff --git a/stream/upb_text.h b/stream/upb_text.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d89c9d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/stream/upb_text.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * upb - a minimalist implementation of protocol buffers. + * + * Copyright (c) 2009 Joshua Haberman. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef UPB_TEXT_H_ +#define UPB_TEXT_H_ + +#include "upb.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct { + int indent_depth; + bool single_line; +} upb_text_printer; + +INLINE void upb_text_printer_init(upb_text_printer *p, bool single_line) { + p->indent_depth = 0; + p->single_line = single_line; +} +void upb_text_printval(upb_field_type_t type, upb_value p, FILE *file); +void upb_text_printfield(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr name, + upb_field_type_t valtype, upb_value val, FILE *stream); +void upb_text_push(upb_text_printer *p, upb_strptr submsg_type, + FILE *stream); +void upb_text_pop(upb_text_printer *p, FILE *stream); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* UPB_TEXT_H_ */ -- cgit v1.2.3